WO1997044432A1 - Detergent composition - Google Patents

Detergent composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1997044432A1
WO1997044432A1 PCT/US1997/008372 US9708372W WO9744432A1 WO 1997044432 A1 WO1997044432 A1 WO 1997044432A1 US 9708372 W US9708372 W US 9708372W WO 9744432 A1 WO9744432 A1 WO 9744432A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bis
aqa
die
surfactant
compositions
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1997/008372
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Kaori Asano
Jeffrey John Scheibel
Kaori Minamikawa
Laura Cron
Kevin Lee Kott
Thomas Anthony Cripe
John Downing Curry
Sanjeev Krishnadas Manohar
Ian Martin Dodd
Richard Timothy Hartshorn
Peter Robert Foley
Rinko Katsuda
Frank Andrej Kvietok
Mark Hsiang-Kuen Mao
Michael Alan John Moss
Susumu Murata
Kenneth William Willman
Rajan Keshav Panandiker
Kakumanu Pramod
Khizar Mohamed Khan Sarnaik
Christian Arthur Jacques Kamiel Thoen
Original Assignee
The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Procter & Gamble Company filed Critical The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority to BR9710675A priority Critical patent/BR9710675A/en
Priority to EP97927653A priority patent/EP0906405A1/en
Priority to JP9542596A priority patent/JPH11511799A/en
Priority to CA002254948A priority patent/CA2254948A1/en
Publication of WO1997044432A1 publication Critical patent/WO1997044432A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/02Inorganic compounds ; Elemental compounds
    • C11D3/04Water-soluble compounds
    • C11D3/042Acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/62Quaternary ammonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/65Mixtures of anionic with cationic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/0005Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
    • C11D3/0036Soil deposition preventing compositions; Antiredeposition agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/0005Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
    • C11D3/0052Gas evolving or heat producing compositions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/0005Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
    • C11D3/0063Photo- activating compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/02Inorganic compounds ; Elemental compounds
    • C11D3/04Water-soluble compounds
    • C11D3/06Phosphates, including polyphosphates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/02Inorganic compounds ; Elemental compounds
    • C11D3/04Water-soluble compounds
    • C11D3/10Carbonates ; Bicarbonates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/02Inorganic compounds ; Elemental compounds
    • C11D3/12Water-insoluble compounds
    • C11D3/124Silicon containing, e.g. silica, silex, quartz or glass beads
    • C11D3/1246Silicates, e.g. diatomaceous earth
    • C11D3/1253Layer silicates, e.g. talcum, kaolin, clay, bentonite, smectite, montmorillonite, hectorite or attapulgite
    • C11D3/1273Crystalline layered silicates of type NaMeSixO2x+1YH2O
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/02Inorganic compounds ; Elemental compounds
    • C11D3/12Water-insoluble compounds
    • C11D3/124Silicon containing, e.g. silica, silex, quartz or glass beads
    • C11D3/1246Silicates, e.g. diatomaceous earth
    • C11D3/128Aluminium silicates, e.g. zeolites
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/20Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C11D3/2075Carboxylic acids-salts thereof
    • C11D3/2086Hydroxy carboxylic acids-salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3715Polyesters or polycarbonates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3723Polyamines or polyalkyleneimines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/38Products with no well-defined composition, e.g. natural products
    • C11D3/386Preparations containing enzymes, e.g. protease or amylase
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/39Organic or inorganic per-compounds
    • C11D3/3902Organic or inorganic per-compounds combined with specific additives
    • C11D3/3905Bleach activators or bleach catalysts
    • C11D3/3907Organic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/39Organic or inorganic per-compounds
    • C11D3/3902Organic or inorganic per-compounds combined with specific additives
    • C11D3/3905Bleach activators or bleach catalysts
    • C11D3/3932Inorganic compounds or complexes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/39Organic or inorganic per-compounds
    • C11D3/3942Inorganic per-compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/40Dyes ; Pigments
    • C11D3/42Brightening agents ; Blueing agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/50Perfumes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06LDRY-CLEANING, WASHING OR BLEACHING FIBRES, FILAMENTS, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR MADE-UP FIBROUS GOODS; BLEACHING LEATHER OR FURS
    • D06L4/00Bleaching fibres, filaments, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers or made-up fibrous goods; Bleaching leather or furs
    • D06L4/60Optical bleaching or brightening
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M13/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with non-macromolecular organic compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M13/005Compositions containing perfumes; Compositions containing deodorants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/14Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof derived from aliphatic hydrocarbons or mono-alcohols
    • C11D1/143Sulfonic acid esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/14Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof derived from aliphatic hydrocarbons or mono-alcohols
    • C11D1/146Sulfuric acid esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/22Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof derived from aromatic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/29Sulfates of polyoxyalkylene ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/40Monoamines or polyamines; Salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/42Amino alcohols or amino ethers
    • C11D1/44Ethers of polyoxyalkylenes with amino alcohols; Condensation products of epoxyalkanes with amines

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a detergent composition
  • a detergent composition comprising percarbonate bleach, a non-AQA surfactant and a bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) cationic surfactant.
  • laundry detergents and other cleaning compositions presents a considerable challenge, since modern compositions are required to remove a variety of soils and stains from diverse substrates.
  • laundry detergents, hard surface cleaners, shampoos and other personal cleansing compositions, hand dishwashing detergents and detergent compositions suitable for use in automatic dishwashers all require the proper selection and combination of ingredients in order to function effectively.
  • such detergent compositions will contain one or more types of surfactants which are designed to loosen and remove different types of soils and stains. While a review of the literature would seem to indicate that a wide selection of surfactants and surfactant combinations are available to the detergent manufacturer, the reality is that many such ingredients are speciality chemicals which are not suitable in low unit cost items such as home-use laundry detergents.
  • bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) compounds can be used in various detergent compositions to boost detergency performance on a variety of soil and stain types, particularly the hydrophobic soil types, commonly encountered.
  • compositions containing bis- AQA surfactants and percarbonate bleach deliver superior cleaning and whiteness performance versus products containing either technology alone.
  • the bis-AQA surfactants of the present invention provide substantial benefits to the formulator, over cationic surfactants previously known.
  • the bis-AQA surfactants used herein provide marked improvement in cleaning of "everyday" greasy/oily hydrophobic soils regularly encountered.
  • the bis-AQA surfactants are compatible with anionic surfactants commonly used in detergent compositions such as alkyl sulfate and alkyl benzene sulfonate; incompatibility with anionic components of the detergent composition has commonly been one of the limiting factor in the use of cationic surfactants previously known.
  • Low levels (as low as 3 ppm in the laundering liquor) of bis-AQA surfactants gives rise to the benefits described herein.
  • Bis-AQA surfactants can be formulated over a broad pH range from 5 to 12.
  • the bis-AQA surfactants can be prepared as 30% (wt.) solutions which are pumpable, and therefore easy to handle in a manufacturing plant.
  • Bis-AQA surfactants with degrees of ethoxylation above 5 are sometimes present in a liquid form and can therefore be provided as 100% neat materials.
  • the availability of bis-AQA surfactants as highly concentrated solutions provides a substantial economic advantage in transportation costs.
  • the bis-AQA surfactants are also compatible with various perfume ingredients, unlike some cationic surfactants known in the art.
  • Percarbonate which delivers peroxide bleach into the wash, is a cornerstone technology of modern, ultra-compact granular laundry detergent formulas.
  • Peroxide bleach is hydrophilic and, while it cannot match the bleaching effectiveness delivered by peracids (formed for example from peroxide interaction with TAED), it is effective at decolouration of pigments (e.g. in paniculate or beverage stains) and also can help remove the colour from the organic residues associated with body soils.
  • the present invention thus provides a detergent composition which delivers superior cleaning in such much as the composition provides marked cleaning effectiveness against both hydrophobic greasy /oily and hydrophillic coloured soils.
  • U.S. Patent 5,441,541, issued August 15, 1995, to A. Mehreteab and F. J. Loprest relates to anionic/cationic surfactant mixtures.
  • U.K. 2,040,990, issued 3 Sept., 1980, to A. P. Murphy, R.J.M. Smith and M. P. Brooks relates to ethoxylated cationics in laundry detergents.
  • the present invention provides a composition
  • a composition comprising or prepared by combining a percarbonate bleach, a non-AQA surfactant and an effective amount of a bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) cationic surfactant of the formula:
  • R 1 is a linear, branched or substituted Cg-Cjg alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, ether or glycirj/hether moiety
  • R 2 is a C1-C3 alkyl moiety
  • R 3 and R 4 can vary independently and are selected from hydrogen, methyl and ethyl
  • X is an anion
  • a and A' can vary independently and are each C1-C4 alkoxy
  • p and q can vary independantly and are integers of from 1 to 30.
  • the first essential component of the present invention is a percarbonate bleach.
  • Alkali metal or alkali earth metal percarbonates, particularly sodium percarbonate are preferred percarbonates for inclusion in compositions in accordance with this invention.
  • Sodium percarbonate is an addition compound having a formula corresponding to 2Na2CO3.3H2O2, and is available commercially as a crystalline solid. Commercial suppliers include Solvay, FMC, Tokai Denka and others.
  • a preferred percarbonate bleach comprises dry particles having an average particle size in the range from 0.5 mm to 1 mm, not more than 10% by weight of said particles being smaller than 0.2 mm and not more thanl0% by weight of said particles being larger than 1.250 mm.
  • Percarbonate can be present at levels of between 1 % and 50% , preferably between 1 % and 30%, most preferably between 5% and 20% by weight of detergent composition.
  • the percarbonate is most preferably incorporated into such compositions in a coated form which provides in-product stability.
  • a suitable coating material providing in product stability comprises mixed salt of a water soluble alkali metal sulphate and carbonate.
  • the weight ratio of the mixed salt coating material to percarbonate lies in the range from 1 : 200 to 1 : 4, more preferably from 1 : 99 to 1 : 9, and most preferably from 1 : 49 to 1 : 19.
  • the mixed salt is of sodium sulphate and sodium carbonate which has the general formula Na2SO4.n.Na2CO3 wherein n is from 0.1 to 3, preferably n is from 0.3 to 1.0 and most preferably n is from 0.2 to 0.5.
  • Rl is a linear, branched or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, ether, glycityl ether moiety containing from 8 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 8 to 16 carbon atoms, most preferably from 8 tol4 carbon atoms;
  • R 2 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably methyl;
  • R 3 and R 4 can vary independently and are selected from the group consisiting of hydrogen (preferred), methyl and ethyl;
  • X " is an anion such as chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, sulfate, sufficient to provide electrical neutrality.
  • a and A' can vary independently and are each selected from C1-C4 alkoxy, especially ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and mixtures thereof; p is from 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 8, even more preferably 1 to 4 and q is from 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 8, even more preferably 1 to 4. Most preferably both p and q are 1.
  • Bis-AQA compounds wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent Rl is Cg-Ci2 > especially Cg- C10, enhance the rate of dissolution of laundry granules, especially under cold water conditions, as compared with the higher chain length materials. Accordingly, the Cg-Cj2 bis- AQA surfactants may be preferred by some formulators.
  • the levels of the bis-AQA surfactants used to prepare finished laundry detergent compositions can range from 0.1 % to 5%, typically from 0.45% to 2.5%, by weight.
  • the weight ratio of bis-AQA to percarbonate bleach is in the range of from 1:100 to 5:1, preferably from 1:60 to 2:1 , most preferably from 1: 20 to 1:1.
  • the present invention employs an "effective amount" of the bis-AQA surfactants to improve the performance of cleaning compositions which contain other optional ingredients.
  • an “effective amount” of the bis-AQA surfactants herein is meant an amount which is sufficient to improve, either directionally or significantly at the 90% confidence level, the performance of the cleaning composition against at least some of the target soils and stains.
  • the formulator will use sufficient bis-AQA to at least directionally improve cleaning performance against such stains.
  • the formulator will use sufficient bis-AQA to at least directionally improve cleaning performance against such soil.
  • the bis-AQA surfactants may be used in combination with other detersive surfactants at levels which are effective for achieving at least a directional improvement in cleaning performance.
  • usage levels can vary depending not only on the type and severity of the soils and stains, but also on the wash water temperature, the volume of wash water and the type of washing machine.
  • a wash cycle of 10 to 14 minutes and a wash water temperature of 10°C to 50°C it is preferred to include from 2 ppm to 50 ppm, preferably from 5 ppm to 25 ppm, of the bis-AQA surfactant in the wash liquor.
  • this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.1% to 3.2%, preferably 0.3% to 1.5 % , for a heavy-duty liquid laundry detergent.
  • a wash cycle of 10 to 60 minutes and a wash water temperature of 30°C to 95°C it is preferred to include from 13 ppm to 900 ppm, preferably from 16 ppm to 390 ppm, of the bis-AQA surfactant in the wash liquor.
  • this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.4% to 2.64%, preferably 0.55 % to 1.1%, for a heavy-duty liquid laundry detergent.
  • a wash cycle of 8 to 15 minutes and a wash water temperamre of 5°C to 25 °C it is preferred to include from 1.67 ppm to 66.67 ppm, preferably from 3 ppm to 6 ppm, of the bis-AQA surfactant in the wash liquor.
  • this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.25% to 10%, preferably 1.5% to 2%, for a heavy-duty liquid laundry detergent.
  • the amount of bis-AQA surfactant used in a machine- wash laundering context can vary, depending on the habits and practices of the user, the type of washing machine.
  • one heretofore unappreciated advantage of the bis-AQA surfactants is their ability to provide at least directional improvements in performance over a spectrum of soils and stains even when used at relatively low levels with respect to the other surfactants (generally anionics or anionic/nonionic mixtures) in the finished compositions. This is to be distinguished from other compositions of the art wherein various cationic surfactants are used with anionic surfactants at or near stoichiometric levels.
  • the weight ratio of bis-AQA: anionic surfactant in laundry compositions is in the range from 1:70 to 1:2, preferably from 1:40 to 1:6, preferably from 1:30 to 1:6, most preferably from 1 :15 to 1 :8.
  • the weight ratio of bis-AQA:mixed anionic/nonionic is in the range from 1:80 to 1:2, preferably 1:50 to 1:8.
  • compositions which comprise an anionic surfactant, an optional nonionic surfactant and specialized surfactants such as betaines, sultaines, amine oxides can also be formulated using an effective amount of the bis-AQA surfactants in the manner of this invention.
  • Such compositions include, but are not limited to, hand dishwashing products (especially liquids or gels), hard surface cleaners, shampoos, personal cleansing bars, laundry bars, and the like. Since the habits and practices of the users of such compositions show minimal variation, it is satisfactory to include from about 0.25% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.45% to about 2% , by weight, of the bis-AQA surfactants in such compositions.
  • the weight ratio of the bis-AQA surfactant to other surfactants present in such compositions is low, i.e., sub-stoichiometric in the case of anionics.
  • such cleaning compositions comprise bis-AQA/surfactant ratios as noted immediately above for machine-use laundry compositions.
  • the bis-alkoxylated cationics herein have sufficient solubility that they can be used in combination with mixed surfactant systems which are quite low in nonionic surfactants and which contain, for example, alkyl sulfate surfactants.
  • This can be an important consideration for formulators of detergent compositions of the type which are conventionally designed for use in top loading automatic washing machines, especially of the type used in North America, as well as under Japanese usage conditions.
  • such compositions will comprise an anionic surfactant.nonionic surfactant weight ratio in the range from about 25:1 to about 1:25, preferably about 20:1 to about 3: 1.
  • European-type formulas which typically will comprise anionic: nonionic ratios in the range of about 10: 1 to 1: 10, preferably about 5: 1 to about 1:1.
  • ethoxylated cationic surfactants herein are available under the trade name ETHOQUAD from Akzo Nobel Chemicals Company.
  • ETHOQUAD ethoxylated cationic surfactants
  • such materials can be synthesized using a variety of different reaction schemes (wherein "EO” represents -CH2CH2O- units), as follows.
  • Step 1 of the reaction is preferably conducted in an aqueous medium.
  • Reaction temperatures are typically in the range of 140-200°C.
  • Reaction pressures are 50-1000 psig.
  • a base catalyst preferably sodium hydroxide can be used.
  • the mole ratio of reactants are 2: 1 to 1 : 1 amine to alkyl sulfate.
  • the reaction is preferably conducted using Cg-Cj4 alkyl sulfate, sodium salt.
  • the ethoxylation and quaternization steps are canied out using conventional conditions and reactants.
  • reaction Scheme 5 results in products which are sufficiently soluble in the aqueous reaction medium that gels may form. While the desired product can be recovered from the gel, an alternate, two-step synthesis Scheme 6, hereinafter, may be more desirable in some commercial circumstances.
  • the first step in Scheme 6 is conducted as in Scheme 5.
  • the second step (ethoxylation) is preferably conducted using ethylene oxide and an acid such as HCl which provides the quaternary surfactant.
  • chlorohydrin i.e., chloroethanol, can also be reacted to give the desired bishydroxyethyl derivative.
  • the first step is preferably conducted in an aqueous medium.
  • Reaction temperatures are typically in the range of 100-230°C.
  • Reaction pressures are 50-1000 psig.
  • a base preferably sodium hydroxide, can be used to react with the HSO4-generated during the reaction, or an excess of the amine can be employed to also react with the acid.
  • the mole ratio of amine to alkyl sulfate is typically from 10: 1 to 1:1.5; preferably from 5:1 to 1:1.1; more preferably from 2 : 1 to 1 : 1.
  • the desired substituted amine is simply allowed to separate as a distinct phase from the aqueous reaction medium in which it is insoluble.
  • the second step of the process is conducted under conventional reaction conditions. Further ethoxylation and quaternization to provide bis-AQA surfactants are conducted under standard reaction conditions.
  • Scheme 7 can optionally be conducted using ethylene oxide under standard ethoxylation conditions, but without catalyst, to achieve monoethoxy lation.
  • the mixmre is cooled to room temperamre and the liquid contents of the glass liner are poured into a 250 ml separatory funnel along with 80 ml of chloroform.
  • the funnel is shaken well for a few minutes and then allowed mixmre to separate.
  • the lower chloroform layer is drained and the chloroform is evaporated off to obtain product.
  • the product is then reacted with 1 molar equivalent of ethylene oxide in the absence of base catalyst at 120-130°C to produce the desired final product.
  • the bis-substituted amines prepared in the foregoing Syntheses can be further ethoxylated in standard fashion. Quaternization with an alkyl halide to form the bis-AQA surfactants herein is routine.
  • bis-AQA surfactants used herein. It is to be understood that the degree of alkoxylation noted herein for the bis-AQA surfactants is reported as an average, following common practice for conventional ethoxylated nonionic surfactants. This is because the ethoxylation reactions typically yield mixmres of materials with differing degrees of ethoxylation. Thus, it is not uncommon to report total EO values other than as whole numbers, e.g., "EO2.5”, "EO3.5".
  • Coco Methyl EO2 bis-AQA-2 C12-C16 CH3 (EO) 2 EO
  • R* is Cg-Cjg hydrocarbyl and mixmres thereof, preferably Cg, Cio. Ci2 » C14 alkyl and mixmres thereof.
  • X is any convenient anion to provide charge balance, preferably chloride.
  • bis-AQA surfactants useful herein include compounds of the formula:
  • R ⁇ is Cg-C ⁇ g hydrocarbyl, preferably Cg-Ci4 alkyl, independently p is 1 to 3 and q is 1 to 3, R 2 is C1-C3 alkyl, preferably methyl, and X is an anion, especially chloride or bromide.
  • a highly preferred bis-AQA compound for use in under built formulations are of the formula wherein p and/or q are integers in the range of between 10 and 15. This compound is particularly useful in laundry handwash detergent compositions.
  • Non-AQA Detersive Surfactants In addition to the bis-AQA surfactant, the compositions of the present invention preferably further comprise a non-AQA surfactant.
  • Non-AQA surfactants may include essentially any anionic, nonionic or additional cationic surfactant.
  • Nonlimiting examples of anionic surfactants useful herein typically at levels from 1 % to 55%, by weight include the conventional Cn-Cjg alkyl benzene sulfonates ("LAS") and primary ("AS"), branched-chain and random C10-C20 alkyl sulfates, the Cio-Cjg secondary (2,3) alkyl sulfates of the formula CH3(CH2) ⁇ (CHOS ⁇ 3 ⁇ M + ) CH3 and CH3 (CH2) y (CHOS ⁇ 3 " M + ) CH2CH3 where x and (y + 1) are integers of at least 7, preferably at least 9, and M is a water-solubilizing cation, especially sodium, unsaturated sulfates such as oleyl sulfate, the C ⁇ -Cjg alpha-sulfonated fatty acid esters, the Cj Q -Cig sulfated polyglycosides, the Cio-Cjg alkyl alkoxy
  • C ⁇ -Cig betaines and sulfobetaines can also be included in the overall compositions.
  • C10-C20 conventional soaps may also be used. If high sudsing is desired, the branched-chain CIQ-C ⁇ soaps may be used.
  • Other conventional useful surfactants are listed in standard texts.
  • Nonlimiting examples of nonionic surfactants useful herein typically at levels from 1 % to 55%, by weight include the alkoxylated alcohols (AE's) and alkyl phenols, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides (PFAA's), alkyl polyglycosides (APG's), Cj ⁇ -Cig giycerol ethers.
  • AE alkoxylated alcohol
  • PFAA's polyhydroxy fatty acid amides
  • APG's alkyl polyglycosides
  • Cj ⁇ -Cig giycerol ethers Cj ⁇ -Cig giycerol ethers.
  • condensation products of primary and secondary aliphatic alcohols with from 1 to 25 moles of ethylene oxide (AE) are suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant in the present invention.
  • the alkyl chain of the aliphatic alcohol can either be straight or branched, primary or secondary, and generally contains from 8 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • Prefened are the condensation products of alcohols having an alkyl group containing from 8 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably from 10 to 18 carbon atoms, with from 1 to 10 moles, preferably 2 to 7, most preferably 2 to 5, of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol.
  • nonionic surfactants of this type include: TergitolTM 15-S-9 (the condensation product of C ⁇ 1-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide) and Tergitol ⁇ M 24-L-6 NMW (the condensation product of Q2-C14 primary alcohol with 6 moles ethylene oxide with a narrow molecular weight distribution), both marketed by Union Carbide Corporation; Neodol ⁇ M 45.9 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 23.3 (the condensation product of C12-C13 linear alcohol with 3 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 45.7 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide) and NeodolTM 45.5 (the condensation product of Ci4-Ci5 linear alcohol with 5 moles of ethylene oxide) marketed by Shell Chemical Company; Kyro ⁇ M p ⁇ )B (the condensation product of C13-C15 alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide), marketed by The Procter
  • Another class of prefened nonionic surfactants for use herein are the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants of the formula.
  • R* is H, or Cj ⁇ . hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl or a mixmre thereof
  • R 2 is C5.31 hydrocarbyl
  • Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof.
  • R* is mediyl
  • R 2 is a straight Cu_i5 alkyl or Ci5_i7 alkyl or alkenyl chain such as coconut alkyl or mixmres thereof
  • Z is derived from a reducing sugar such as glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, in a reductive amination reaction.
  • Typical examples include the Cj2-C ⁇ g and C12-C14 N-methylglucamides. See U.S. 5,194,639 and 5,298,636. N-alkoxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can also be used; see U.S. 5,489,393.
  • alkylpolysaccharides such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,565,647, Llenado, issued January 21, 1986, having a hydrophobic group containing from 6 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably from 10 to 16 carbon atoms, and a polysaccharide, e.g. a polyglycoside, hydrophilic group containing from 1.3 to 10, preferably from 1.3 to 3, most preferably from 1.3 to 2.7 saccharide units.
  • Any reducing saccharide containing 5 or 6 carbon atoms can be used, e.g., glucose, galactose and galactosyl moieties can be substimted for the glucosyl moieties (optionally the hydrophobic group is attached at the 2-, 3-, 4-, etc. positions thus giving a glucose or galactose as opposed to a glucoside or galactoside).
  • the intersaccharide bonds can be, e.g. , between the one position of the additional saccharide units and the 2-, 3-, 4-, and/or 6- positions on the preceding saccharide units.
  • the preferred alky .polyglycosides have the formula:
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylphenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixmres thereof in which the alkyl groups contain from 10 to 18, preferably from 12 to 14, carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably 2; t is from 0 to 10, preferably 0; and x is from 1.3 to 10, preferably from 1.3 to 3, most preferably from 1.3 to 2.7.
  • the glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose. To prepare these compounds, the alcohol or alkylpolyethoxy alcohol is formed first and then reacted with glucose, or a source of glucose, to form the glucoside (attachment at the 1-position). The additional glycosyl units can then be attached between their 1-position and the preceding glycosyl units 2-, 3-, 4- and/or 6-position, preferably predominately the 2-position.
  • Polyethylene, polypropylene, and polybutylene oxide condensates of alkyl phenols are also suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant of the surfactant systems of the present invention, with the polyethylene oxide condensates being prefened.
  • These compounds include the condensation products of alkyl phenols having an alkyl group containing from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably from 8 to 14 carbon atoms, in either a straight-chain or branched-chain configuration with the alkylene oxide.
  • the ethylene oxide is present in an amount equal to from 2 to 25 moles, more preferably from 3 tol5 moles, of ethylene oxide per mole of alkyl phenol.
  • nonionic surfactants of this type include IgepalTM CO-630, marketed by the GAF Corporation; and TritonTM X-45, X-114, X-100 and X-102, all marketed by the Rohm & Haas Company. These surfactants are commonly refened to as alkylphenol alkoxylates (e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxy lates).
  • alkylphenol alkoxylates e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxy lates.
  • the condensation products of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol are also suitable for use as the additional nonionic surfactant in the present invention.
  • the hydrophobic portion of these compounds will preferably have a molecular weight of from 1500 to 1800 and will exhibit water insolubility.
  • polyoxyethylene moieties to this hydrophobic portion tends to increase the water solubility of the molecule as a whole, and the liquid character of the product is retained up to the point where the polyoxyethylene content is 50% of the total weight of the condensation product, which conesponds to condensation with up to 40 moles of ethylene oxide.
  • examples of compounds of this type include certain of the commercially-available PluronicTM surfactants, marketed by BASF.
  • nonionic surfactant of the nonionic surfactant system of the present invention are the condensation products of ethylene oxide with the product resulting from the reaction of propylene oxide and ethylenediamine.
  • the hydrophobic moiety of these products consists of the reaction product of ethylenediamine and excess propylene oxide, and generally has a molecular weight of from 2500 to 3000. This hydrophobic moiety is condensed widi ethylene oxide to the extent mat the condensation product contains from 40% to 80% by weight of polyoxyethylene and has a molecular weight of from 5,000 to 11,000.
  • this type of nonionic surfactant include certain of the commercially available TetronicTM compounds, marketed by BASF.
  • Suitable cationic surfactants are preferably water dispersible compound having surfactant properties comprising at least one ester (ie -COO-) linkage and at least one cationically charged group.
  • Suitable cationic surfactants include the quaternary ammomum surfactants selected from mono C ⁇ -C ⁇ , preferably C6-CJO N-alkyl or alkenyl ammonium surfactants wherein the remaining N positions are substimted by methyl, hydroxyethyl or hydroxypropyl groups.
  • Other suitable cationic ester surfactants, including choline ester surfactants, have for example been disclosed in US Patents No.s 4228042, 4239660 and 4260529.
  • Optional Detergent Ingredients The following illustrates various other optional ingredients which may be used in me compositions of this invention, but is not intended to be limiting diereof .
  • Bleach activators are prefened components of the composition of the present invention. Where present, me amount of bleach activators will typically be at a level of from 0.1 % to 60% , more typically from 0.5% to 40% of the bleaching composition comprising the bleaching agent-plus-bleach activator.
  • peroxygen bleaching agents such as percarbonate and bleach activators results in the in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the peroxy acid conesponding to the bleach activator.
  • peroxygen bleaching agents such as percarbonate
  • bleach activators Various nonlimiting examples of activators are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,915,854, issued April 10, 1990 to Mao et al, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934.
  • NOBS nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate
  • TAED tetraacetyl ethylene diamine
  • R* is an alkyl group containing from 6 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R 2 is an alkylene containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R$ is H or alkyl, aryl, or alkaryl containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • L is any suitable leaving group.
  • a leaving group is any group that is displaced from the bleach activator as a consequence of the nucleophilic attack on the bleach activator by the perhydrolysis anion.
  • a prefened leaving group is phenyl sulfonate.
  • bleach activators of the above formulae include (6-octanamido- caproyl)oxybenzenesulfonate, (6-nonanamidocaproyl)oxybenzenesulfonate, (6-decanamido- caproyl)oxybenzenesulfonate, and mixmres thereof as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another class of bleach activators comprises the benzoxazin-type activators disclosed by Hodge et al in U.S. Patent 4,966,723, issued October 30, 1990, incorporated herein by reference.
  • a highly preferred activator of the benzoxazin-type is:
  • Still another class of prefened bleach activators includes the acyl lactam activators, especially acyl caprolactams and acyl valerolactams of the formulae:
  • lactam activators include benzoyl caprolactam, octanoyl caprolactam, 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl caprolactam, nonanoyl caprolactam, decanoyl caprolactam, undecenoyl caprolactam, benzoyl valerolactam, octanoyl valerolactam, decanoyl valerolactam, undecenoyl valerolactam, nonanoyl valerolactam, 3,5,5- trimethylhexanoyl valerolactam and mixmres thereof. See also U.S. Patent 4,545,784, issued to Sanderson, October 8, 1985, incorporated herein by reference, which discloses acyl caprolactams, including benzoyl caprolactam, adsorbed
  • Bleach Catalyst Bleach catalysts are prefened components of the compositions of the present invention.
  • the bleaching compounds can be catalyzed by means of a manganese compound.
  • a manganese compound Such compounds are well known in the art and include, for example, the manganese-based catalysts disclosed in U.S. Pat. 5,246,621 , U.S. Pat. 5,244,594; U.S. Pat. 5,194,416; U.S. Pat. 5,114,606; and European Pat. App. Pub. Nos.
  • Prefened examples of these catalysts include trimethyl-1 ,4,7-triazacyclononane)2(PF6)2, Mn ⁇ 2(u-O)j(u-OAc)2(l ,4,7-trimethyl-l ,4,7- triazacyclononane)2-(Cl ⁇ 4)2, Mn IV 4(u-O)6(l ,4,7-triazacyclononane)4(Cl ⁇ 4)4, Mn 111- Mn rV 4(u-O) ⁇ (u-OAc)2_(l ,4,7-trimethyl-l ,4,7-triazacyclononane)2(CIO4)3 , Mn rv (l ,4,7- trimethyl-l,4,7-triazacyclononane)- (OCH3)3(PF6), and mixmres thereof.
  • metal-based bleach catalysts include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. 4,430,243 and U.S. Pat. 5 , 114,611.
  • the use of manganese with various complex ligands to enhance bleaching is also reported in the following United States Patents: 4,728,455; 5,284,944; 5,246,612; 5,256,779; 5,280,117; 5,274,147; 5,153,161; and 5,227,084.
  • compositions and processes herein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part per ten million of the active bleach catalyst species in the aqueous washing liquor, and will preferably provide from 0.1 ppm to 700 ppm, more preferably from 1 ppm to 500 ppm, of the catalyst species in the laundry liquor.
  • Cobalt bleach catalysts useful herein are known, and are described, for example, in M. L.
  • cobalt pentaamine acetate salts having the formula [Co(NH3)5OAc] Ty, wherein "OAc” represents an acetate moiety and “Ty” is an anion, and especially cobalt pentaamine acetate chloride, [Co(NH3)5OAc]Cl2; as well as [Co(NH3) 5 OAc](OAc) 2 ;
  • the automatic dishwashing compositions and cleaning processes herein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part per hundred million of the active bleach catalyst species in the aqueous washing medium, and will preferably provide from 0.01 ppm to 25 ppm, more preferably from 0.05 ppm to 10 ppm, and most preferably from 0.1 ppm to 5 ppm, of the bleach catalyst species in the wash liquor.
  • typical automatic dishwashing compositions herein will comprise from 0.0005% to 0.2%, more preferably from 0.004% to 0.08%, of bleach catalyst, especially manganese or cobalt catalysts, by weight of the cleaning compositions.
  • the detergent compositions herein may optionally comprise an additional bleaching agent.
  • additional bleaching agents will typically be present at levels of from 1% to 30%, more typically from 5% to 20%, of the detergent composition, especially for fabric laundering.
  • the bleaching agents used herein can be any of the bleaching agents useful for detergent compositions in textile cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or other cleaning purposes that are now known or become known. These include oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaching agents.
  • Perborate bleaches e.g., sodium perborate (e.g., mono- or tetra-hydrate) can be used herein.
  • bleaching agent that can be used without restriction encompasses percarboxylic acid bleaching agents and salts thereof. Suitable examples of this class of agents include magnesium monoperoxyphthalate hexahydrate, the magnesium salt of meta- chloro perbenzoic acid, 4-nonylamino-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid and diperoxydodecanedioic acid.
  • Such bleaching agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent Application 740,446, Burns et al, filed June 3, 1985, European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al, published February 20, 1985, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, Chung et al, issued November 1, 1983.
  • Highly prefened bleaching agents also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns et al.
  • Peroxygen bleaching agents can also be used. Suitable peroxygen bleaching compounds include sodium pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxyhydrate, and sodium peroxide. Perborate bleach, persulfate bleach (e.g., OXONE, manufactured commercially by DuPontJcan also be used.
  • Bleaching agents other than oxygen bleaching agents are also known in the art and can be utilized herein.
  • One type of non-oxygen bleaching agent of particular interest includes photoactivated bleaching agents such as the sulfonated zinc and/or aluminum phthalo- cyanines. See U.S. Patent 4,033,718, issued July 5, 1977 to Holcombe et al. If used, detergent compositions will typically contain from 0.025% to 1.25%, by weight, of such bleaches, especially sulfonate zinc phthalocyanine.
  • Detergent builders can optionally, but preferably be included in the compositions herein, for example to assist in controlling mineral, especially Ca 2 + and/or Mg 2 +, hardness in wash water or to assist in the removal of paniculate soils from surfaces.
  • Builders can operate via a variety of mechanisms including forming soluble or insoluble complexes with hardness ions, by ion exchange, and by offering a surface more favorable to the precipitation of hardness ions than are the surfaces of articles to be cleaned.
  • Builder level can vary widely depending upon end use and physical form of the composition.
  • Built detergents typically comprise at least 1 % builder.
  • Liquid formulations typically comprise 5% to 50%, more typically 5% to 35% of builder.
  • Granular formulations typically comprise from 10% to 80%, more typically 15% to 50% builder by weight of the detergent composition. Lower or higher levels of builders are not excluded. For example, certain detergent additive or high-surfactant formulations can be unbuilt.
  • Suitable builders herein can be selected from the group consisting of phosphates and polyphosphates, especially me sodium salts; silicates including water-soluble and hydrous solid types and including those having chain-, layer-, or three-dimensional- strucmre as well as amorphous-solid or non-structured-liquid types; carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate; aluminosilicates; organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxylates including aliphatic and aromatic types; and phytic acid.
  • silicates including water-soluble and hydrous solid types and including those having chain-, layer-, or three-dimensional- strucmre as well as amorphous-solid or non-structured-liquid types
  • borates e.g., for pH-buffering purposes
  • sulfates especially sodium sulfate and any other fillers or carriers which may be important to the engineering of stable surfactant and/or builder-containing detergent compositions.
  • Builder mixmres sometimes termed “builder systems” can be used and typically comprise two or more conventional builders, optionally complemented by chelants, pH-buffers or fillers, though these latter materials are generally accounted for separately when describing quantities of materials herein.
  • prefened builder systems are typically formulated at a weight ratio of surfactant to builder of from 60: 1 to 1 :80.
  • Certain prefened laundry detergents have said ratio in the range 0.90:1.0 to 4.0: 1.0, more preferably from 0.95: 1.0 to 3.0:1.0.
  • P-containing detergent builders often prefened where permitted by legislation include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, glassy polymeric meta-phosphates; and phosphonates.
  • Suitable silicate builders include alkali metal silicates, particularly those liquids and solids having a SiO2:Na2O ratio in die range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1, including, particularly for automatic dishwashing purposes, solid hydrous 2-ratio silicates marketed by PQ Corp. under the tradename BRITESIL*, e.g., BRITESIL H2O; and layered silicates, e.g., those described in U.S. 4,664,839, May 12, 1987, H. P. Rieck.
  • NaSKS-6 is a crystalline layered aluminium-free ⁇ -Na2Si ⁇ 5 morphology silicate marketed by Hoechst and is prefened especially in granular laundry compositions. See preparative methods in German DE-A-3,417,649 and DE-A-3,742,043.
  • Other layered silicates such as those having the general formula NaMSi x ⁇ 2 ⁇ + ⁇ yH2 ⁇ wherein M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, preferably 2, and y is a number from 0 to 20, preferably 0, can also or alternately be used herein.
  • Layered silicates from Hoechst also include NaSKS-5, NaSKS-7 and NaSKS-11, as the ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ layer-silicate forms.
  • Other silicates may also be useful, such as magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granules, as a stabilising agent for bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
  • crystalline ion exchange materials or hydrates thereof having chain strucmre and a composition represented by the following general formula in an anhydride form: xM2 ⁇ ySi ⁇ 2.zMO wherein M is Na and/or K, M' is Ca and/or Mg; y/x is 0.5 to 2.0 and z/x is 0.005 to 1.0 as taught in U.S. 5,427,711, Sakaguchi et al, June 27, 1995.
  • Suitable carbonate builders include alkaline earth and alkali metal carbonates as disclosed in German Patent Application No. 2,321,001 published on November 15, 1973, although sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium sesquicarbonate, and other carbonate minerals such as trona or any convenient multiple salts of sodium carbonate and calcium carbonate such as those having the composition 2Na2CO3.CaCO3 when anhydrous, and even calcium carbonates including calcite, aragonite and vaterite, especially forms having high surface areas relative to compact calcite may be useful, for example as seeds or for use in synthetic detergent bars.
  • Aluminosilicate builders are especially useful in granular detergents, but can also be incorporated in liquids, pastes or gels. Suitable for the present purposes are those having empirical formula: [M z (AlO2) z (SiO2) v ]*xH2O wherein z and v are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to v is in the range from 1.0 to 0.5, and x is an integer from 15 to 264.
  • Aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous, naturally-occurring or synthetically derived. An aluminosilicate production method is in U.S. 3,985,669, Krummel, et al, October 12, 1976.
  • the aluminosilicate has a particle size of 0.1-10 microns in diameter.
  • Suitable organic detergent builders include polycarboxylate compounds, including water- soluble nonsurfactant dicarboxylates and tricarboxylates. More typically builder polycarboxylates have a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates.
  • Carboxylate builders can be formulated in acid, partially neutral, neutral or overbased form. When in salt form, alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, or alkanolammonium salts are prefened.
  • Polycarboxylate builders include the ether polycarboxylates, such as oxydisuccinate, see Berg, U.S. 3, 128,287, April 7, 1964, and Lamberti et al, U.S. 3,635,830, January 18, 1972; "TMS/TDS" builders of U.S.
  • Suitable builders are the ether hydroxypolycarboxylates, copoiymers of maleic anhydride with ethylene or vinyl methyl ether; 1, 3, 5-trihydroxy benzene-2, 4, 6- trisulphomc acid; carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid; the various alkali metal, ammomum and substimted ammomum salts of polyacetic acids such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid and nitrilotriacetic acid; as well as mellitic acid, succinic acid, polymaleic acid, benzene 1 ,3,5- tricarboxylic acid, carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, and soluble salts thereof.
  • Citrates e.g., citric acid and soluble salts thereof are important carboxylate builders e.g., for heavy duty liquid detergents, due to availability from renewable resources and biodegradability. Citrates can also be used in granular compositions, especially in combination with zeolite and/or layered silicates. Oxydisuccinates are also especially useful in such compositions and combinations.
  • alkali metal phosphates such as sodium tr .polyphosphates, sodium pyrophosphate and sodium orthophosphate can be used.
  • Phosphonate builders such as ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1,1-diphosphonate and other known phosphonates, e.g., those of U.S. 3,159,581; 3,213,030; 3,422,021; 3,400,148 and 3,422,137 can also be used and may have desirable antiscaling properties.
  • detersive surfactants or their short-chain homologs also have a builder action. For unambiguous formula accounting purposes, when they have surfactant capability, these materials are summed up as detersive surfactants.
  • Prefened types for builder functionality are illustrated by: 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-l,6-hexanedioates and the related compounds disclosed in U.S. 4,566,984, Bush, January 28, 1986.
  • Succinic acid builders include the C5-C20 alkyl and alkenyl succinic acids and salts thereof.
  • Succinate builders also include: laurylsuccinate, myristylsuccinate, palmitylsuccinate, 2-dodecenylsuccinate (prefened), 2- pentadecenylsuccinate.
  • Lauryl-succinates are described in European Patent Application 86200690.5/0,200,263, published November 5, 1986.
  • Fatty acids e.g., Ci2-C ⁇ g monocarboxylic acids
  • Other suitable polycarboxylates are disclosed in U.S. 4,144,226, Crutchfield et al, March 13, 1979 and in U.S. 3,308,067, Diehl, March 7, 1967. See also Diehl, U.S. 3,723,322.
  • Mineral Builders Waters of hydration or anions other than carbonate may be added provided that the overall charge is balanced or neutral.
  • a water-soluble cation selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, water- soluble metals, hydrogen, boron, ammonium, silicon, and mixmres diereof, more preferably, sodium, potassium, hydrogen, lithium, ammonium and mixmres diereof, sodium and potassium being highly preferred.
  • noncarbonate anions include diose selected from the group consisting of chloride, sulfate, fluoride, oxygen, hydroxide, silicon dioxide, chromate, nitrate, borate and mixtures thereof.
  • Prefened builders of diis type in their simplest forms are selected from me group consisting of Na2Ca(CO3)2, K2Ca(CO3)2, Na2Ca2(CO3)3, NaKCa(CO3)2,
  • An especially prefened material for the builder described herein is Na2Ca(CO3)2 in any of its crystalline modifications.
  • Suitable builders of the above-defined type are further illustrated by, and include, the natural or synthetic forms of any one or combinations of the following minerals:sammlungite, Andersonite, AshcroftineY, Beyerite, Borcarite, Burbankite,
  • Enzymes can be included in the present detergent compositions for a variety of purposes, including removal of protein-based, carbohydrate-based, or triglyceride-based stains from substrates, for the prevention of refugee dye transfer in fabric laundering, and for fabric restoration.
  • Suitable enzymes include proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, peroxidases, and mixmres thereof of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast origin. Prefened selections are influenced by factors such as pH-activity and/or stability optima, thermostability, and stability to active detergents, builders. In diis respect bacterial or fungal enzymes are prefened, such as bacterial amylases and proteases, and fungal cellulases.
  • Detersive enzyme means any enzyme having a cleaning, stain removing or otherwise beneficial effect in a laundry, hard surface cleaning or personal care detergent composition.
  • Prefened detersive enzymes are hydrolases such as proteases, amylases and lipases.
  • Prefened enzymes for laundry purposes include, but are not limited to, proteases, cellulases, lipases and peroxidases. Highly prefened for automatic dishwashing are amylases and/or proteases.
  • Enzymes are normally incorporated into detergent or detergent additive compositions at levels sufficient to provide a "cleaning-effective amount".
  • cleaning effective amount refers to any amount capable of producing a cleaning, stain removal, soil removal, whitening, deodorizing, or freshness improving effect on substrates such as fabrics, dishware.
  • typical amounts are up to 5 mg by weight, more typically 0.01 mg to 3 mg, of active enzyme per gram of the detergent composition.
  • the compositions herein will typically comprise from 0.001 % to 5 % , preferably 0.01 %-l % by weight of a commercial enzyme preparation.
  • Protease enzymes are usually present in such commercial preparations at levels sufficient to provide from 0.005 to 0.1 Anson units (AU) of activity per gram of composition.
  • AU Anson units
  • proteases are die subtilisins which are obtained from particular strains of B. subtilis and B. Ucheniformis.
  • One suitable protease is obtained from a strain of
  • proteases Bacillus, having maximum activity throughout the pH range of 8-12, developed and sold as ESPERASE* by Novo Industries A/S of Denmark, hereinafter "Novo". The preparation of this enzyme and analogous enzymes is described in GB 1,243,784 to Novo.
  • suitable proteases include ALCALASE* and SAVINASE* from Novo and MAXATASE* from International Bio-Synthetics, Inc., The Netherlands; as well as Protease A as disclosed in EP 130,756 A, January 9, 1985 and Protease B as disclosed in EP 303,761 A, April 28, 1987 and EP 130,756 A, January 9, 1985. See also a high pH protease from Bacillus sp.
  • NCIMB 40338 described in WO 9318140 A to Novo.
  • Enzymatic detergents comprising protease, one or more other enzymes, and a reversible protease inhibitor are described in WO 9203529 A to Novo.
  • Odier prefened proteases include those of WO 9510591 A to Procter & Gamble .
  • a protease having decreased adsorption and increased hydrolysis is available as described in WO 9507791 to Procter & Gamble.
  • a recombinant trypsin-like protease for detergents suitable herein is described in WO 9425583 to Novo.
  • an especially prefened protease refened to as "Protease D” is a carbonyl hydrolase variant having an amino acid sequence not found in nature, which is derived from a precursor carbonyl hydrolase by substituting a different amino acid for a plurality of amino acid residues at a position in said carbonyl hydrolase equivalent to position +76, preferably also in combination with one or more amino acid residue positions equivalent to those selected from the group consisting of +99, + 101, + 103, + 104, + 107, + 123, +27, + 105, + 109, + 126, + 128, +135, +156, +166, +195, + 197, +204, +206, +210, +216, +217, +218, +222, +260, +265, and/or +274 according to die numbering of Bacillus amyloliquefaciens subtilisin, as described in the patent applications of A.
  • Amylases suitable herein, especially for, but not limited to automatic dishwashing purposes include, for example, ⁇ -amylases described in GB 1,296,839 to Novo; RAPID ASE*, International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. and TERMAMYL*, Novo. FUNGAMYL ® from Novo is especially useful.
  • Engineering of enzymes for improved stability, e.g. , oxidative stability, is known. See, for example J. Biological Chem., Vol. 260, No. 11, June 1985, pp. 6518-6521.
  • Certain prefened embodiments of the present compositions can make use of amylases having improved stability in detergents such as automatic dishwashing types, especially improved oxidative stability as measured against a reference-point of TERMAMYL® in commercial use in 1993.
  • These prefened amylases herein share the characteristic of being "stability -enhanced" amylases, characterized, at a minimum, by a measurable improvement in one or more of: oxidative stability, e.g., to hydrogen peroxide/tetraacetylethylenediamine in buffered solution at pH 9-10; diermal stability, e.g., at common wash temperatures such as 60°C; or alkaline stability, e.g., at a pH from 8 to 11, measured versus the above-identified reference-point amylase.
  • Stability-enhanced amylases can be obtained from Novo or from Genencor International.
  • One class of highly preferred amylases herein have the commonality of being derived using site-directed mutagenesis from one or more of the Bacillus amylases, especially the Bacillus ⁇ -amylases, regardless of whether one, two or multiple amylase strains are the immediate precursors.
  • Oxidative stability-enhanced amylases vs. the above-identified reference amylase are prefened for use, especially in bleaching, more preferably oxygen bleaching, as distinct from chlorine bleaching, detergent compositions herein.
  • Such prefened amylases include (a) an amylase according to die hereinbefore incorporated WO 9402597, Novo, Feb. 3, 1994, as further illustrated by a mutant in which substitution is made, using alanine or threonine, preferably threonine, of me methionine residue located in position 197 of me B Ucheniformis alpha-amylase, known as TERMAMYL®, or the homologous position variation of a similar parent amylase, such as B. amyloliquefaciens, B. subtilis, or B.
  • (Met) was identified as die most likely residue to be modified. Met was substimted, one at a time, in positions 8, 15, 197, 256, 304, 366 and 438 leading to specific mutants, particularly important being M197L and M197T with die M197T variant being the most stable expressed variant. Stability was measured in CASCADE® and SUNLIGHT®; (c) particularly prefened amylases herein include amylase variants having additional modification in the immediate parent as described in WO 9510603 A and are available from the assignee, Novo, as DURAMYL®. Other particularly prefened oxidative stability enhanced amylase include those described in WO 9418314 to Genencor International and WO 9402597 to Novo.
  • Any odier oxidative stability-enhanced amylase can be used, for example as derived by site-directed mutagenesis from known chimeric, hybrid or simple mutant parent forms of available amylases. Other prefened enzyme modifications are accessible. See WO 9509909 A to Novo.
  • amylase enzymes include those described in WO 95/26397 and in co-pending application by Novo Nordisk PCT/DK96/00056.
  • Specific amylase enzymes for use in the detergent compositions of the present invention include ⁇ -amylases characterized by having a specific activity at least 25% higher than the specific activity of Termamyl® at a temperamre range of 25°C to 55°C and at a pH value in the range of 8 to 10, measured by the Phadebas® ⁇ -amylase activity assay.
  • ⁇ -amylases which are at least 80% homologous with the amino acid sequences shown in die SEQ ID listings in the references. These enzymes are preferably incorporated into laundry detergent compositions at a level from 0.00018% to 0.060% pure enzyme by weight of the total composition, more preferably from 0.00024% to 0.048% pure enzyme by weight of the total composition.
  • Cellulases usable herein include both bacterial and fungal types, preferably having a pH optimum between 5 and 9.5.
  • U.S. 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al, March 6, 1984 discloses suitable fungal cellulases from Humicola insolens or Humicola strain DSM1800 or a cellulase 212-producing fungus belonging to the genus Aeromonas, and cellulase extracted from the hepatopancreas of a marine mollusk, Doldbella Auricula Solander.
  • Suitable cellulases are also disclosed in GB-A-2.075.028; GB-A-2.095.275 and DE-OS- 2.247.832.
  • CAREZYME® and CELLUZYME ® are especially useful. See also WO 9117243 to Novo.
  • Suitable lipase enzymes for detergent usage include diose produced by microorganisms of the Pseudomonas group, such as Pseudomonas stutzeri ATCC 19.154, as disclosed in GB 1,372,034. See also lipases in Japanese Patent Application 53,20487, laid open Feb. 24, 1978. This lipase is available from Amano Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., Nagoya, Japan, under the trade name Lipase P "Amano,” or "Amano-P.” Other suitable commercial lipases include Amano-CES, lipases ex Chromobacter viscosum, e.g. Chromobacter viscosum var.
  • lipolyticum NRRLB 3673 from Toyo Jozo Co., Tagata, Japan; Chromobacter viscosum lipases from U.S. Biochemical Corp., U.S.A. and Disoynth Co., The Netherlands, and lipases ex Pseudomonas gladioli.
  • the lipase variant may be added in an amount conesponding to 0.001-100- mg (5-500,000 LU/liter) lipase variant per liter of wash liquor.
  • the present invention provides die benefit of improved whiteness maintenance on fabrics using low levels of D96L variant in detergent compositions containing the bis-AQA surfactants in the manner disclosed herein, especially when the D96L is used at levels in the range of 50 LU to 8500 LU per liter of wash solution.
  • Cutinase enzymes suitable for use herein are described in WO 8809367 A to Genencor.
  • Peroxidase enzymes may be used in combination with oxygen sources, e.g., percarbonate, perborate, hydrogen peroxide, etc., for "solution bleaching" or prevention of transfer of dyes or pigments removed from substrates during me wash to other substrates present in the wash solution.
  • oxygen sources e.g., percarbonate, perborate, hydrogen peroxide, etc.
  • Known peroxidases include horseradish peroxidase, ligninase, and haloperoxidases such as chloro- or bromo-peroxidase.
  • Peroxidase-containing detergent compositions are disclosed in WO 89099813 A. October 19, 1989 to Novo and WO 8909813 A to Novo.
  • a range of enzyme materials and means for dieir incorporation into synthetic detergent compositions is also disclosed in WO 9307263 A and WO 9307260 A to Genencor International, WO 8908694 A to Novo, and U.S. 3,553,139, January 5, 1971 to McCarty et al. Enzymes are further disclosed in U.S. 4,101,457, Place et al, July 18, 1978, and in U.S. 4,507,219, Hughes, March 26, 1985. Enzyme materials useful for liquid detergent formulations, and dieir incorporation into such formulations, are disclosed in U.S. 4,261 ,8.6.8, Hora et al, April 14, 1981. Enzymes for use in detergents can be stabilised by various techniques.
  • Enzyme stabilisation techniques are disclosed and exemplified in U.S. 3,600,319, August 17, 1971, Gedge et al, EP 199,405 and EP 200,586, October 29, 1986, Venegas. Enzyme stabilisation systems are also described, for example, in U.S.
  • the enzyme-containing compositions herein may optionally also comprise from 0.001 % to 10%, preferably from 0.005% to 8%, most preferably from 0.01 % to 6%, by weight of an enzyme stabilizing system.
  • the enzyme stabilizing system can be any stabilizing system which is compatible with the detersive enzyme. Such a system may be inherently provided by other formulation actives, or be added separately, e.g., by the formulator or by a manufacturer of detergent-ready enzymes.
  • Such stabilizing systems can, for example, comprise calcium ion, boric acid, propylene glycol, short chain carboxylic acids, boronic acids, and mixmres thereof, and are designed to address different stabilization problems depending on me type and physical form of the detergent composition.
  • One stabilizing approach is the use of water-soluble sources of calcium and/or magnesium ions in the finished compositions which provide such ions to the enzymes.
  • Calcium ions are generally more effective than magnesium ions and are prefened herein if only one type of cation is being used.
  • Typical detergent compositions, especially liquids will comprise from about 1 to about 30, preferably from about 2 to about 20, more preferably from about 8 to about 12 millimoles of calcium ion per liter of finished detergent composition, though variation is possible depending on factors including die multiplicity, type and levels of enzymes incorporated.
  • Preferably water-soluble calcium or magnesium salts are employed, including for example calcium chloride, calcium hydroxide, calcium formate, calcium malate, calcium maleate, calcium hydroxide and calcium acetate; more generally, calcium sulfate or magnesium salts corresponding to the exemplified calcium salts may be used. Further increased levels of Calcium and/or Magnesium may of course be useful, for example for promoting the grease-cutting action of certain types of surfactant.
  • borate stabilizers when used, may be at levels of up to 10% or more of the composition though more typically, levels of up to about 3% by weight of boric acid or other borate compounds such as borax or orthoborate are suitable for liquid detergent use.
  • Substimted boric acids such as phenylboronic acid, butaneboronic acid, p-bromophenylboronic acid or the like can be used in place of boric acid and reduced levels of total boron in detergent compositions may be possible though die use of such substimted boron derivatives.
  • Stabilizing systems of certain cleaning compositions may further comprise from 0 to 10% , preferably from 0.01 % to 6% by weight, of chlorine bleach scavengers, added to prevent chlorine bleach species present in many water supplies from attacking and inactivating the enzymes, especially under alkaline conditions.
  • chlorine bleach scavengers While chlorine levels in water may be small, typically in the range from 0.5 ppm to 1.75 ppm, the available chlorine in die total volume of water that comes in contact widi die enzyme, for example during dish- or fabric-washing, can be relatively large; accordingly, enzyme stability to chlorine in-use is sometimes problematic.
  • Suitable chlorine scavenger anions are widely known and readily available, and, if used, can be salts containing ammonium cations with sulfite, bisulfite, thiosulfite, diiosulfate, iodide, etc.
  • Antioxidants such as carbamate, ascorbate, etc., organic amines such as ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) or alkali metal salt thereof, monoethanolamine (ME A), and mixtures thereof can likewise be used.
  • Odier conventional scavengers such as bisulfate, nitrate, chloride, sources of hydrogen peroxide such as sodium perborate tetrahydrate, sodium perborate monohydrate and sodium percarbonate, as well as phosphate, condensed phosphate, acetate, benzoate, citrate, formate, lactate, malate, tart rate, salicylate, etc., and mixmres thereof can be used if desired.
  • the chlorine scavenger function can be performed by ingredients separately listed under better recognized functions, (e.g., hydrogen peroxide sources), there is no absolute requirement to add a separate chlorine scavenger unless a compound performing that function to the desired extent is absent from an enzyme-containing embodiment of the invention; even then, die scavenger is added only for optimum results.
  • the formulator will exercise a chemist's normal skill in avoiding the use of any enzyme scavenger or stabilizer which is majorly incompatible, as formulated, with odier reactive ingredients.
  • ammonium salts can be simply admixed with me detergent composition but are prone to adsorb water and/or liberate ammonia during storage. Accordingly, such materials, if present, are desirably protected in a particle such as that described in US 4,652,392, Baginski et al.
  • SRA polymeric soil release agents
  • SRA's can optionally be employed in the present detergent compositions. If utilized, SRA's will generally comprise from 0.01 % to 10.0%, typically from 0.1 % to 5%, preferably from 0.2% to 3.0% by weight, of the composition.
  • Prefened SRA's typically have hydrophilic segments to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers such as polyester and nylon, and hydrophobic segments to deposit upon hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through completion of washing and rinsing cycles thereby serving as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments. This can enable stains occurring subsequent to treatment widi SRA to be more easily cleaned in later washing procedures.
  • SRA's can include a variety of charged, e.g., anionic or even cationic (see U.S. 4,956,447), as well as noncharged monomer units and structures may be linear, branched or even star-shaped. They may include capping moieties which are especially effective in controlling molecular weight or altering the physical or surface-active properties. Structures and charge distributions may be tailored for application to different fiber or textile types and for varied detergent or detergent additive products.
  • Prefened SRA's include oligomeric terephthalate esters, typically prepared by processes involving at least one transesterification/oligomerization, often with a metal catalyst such as a titanium(IV) alkoxide.
  • esters may be made using additional monomers capable of being incorporated into die ester strucmre through one, two, diree, four or more positions, without of course forming a densely crosslinked overall strucmre.
  • Suitable SRA's include: a sulfonated product of a substantially linear ester oligomer comprised of an oligomeric ester backbone of terephthaloyl and oxyalkyleneoxy repeat units and allyl-derived sulfonated terminal moieties covalently attached to the backbone, for example as described in U.S. 4,968,451, November 6, 1990 to J.J. Scheibel and E.P.
  • ester oligomers can be prepared by (a) ethoxylating allyl alcohol, (b) reacting the product of (a) with dimethyl terephthalate (“DMT”) and 1 ,2-propylene glycol (“PG”) in a two-stage transesterification/ oligomerization procedure and (c) reacting the product of (b) with sodium metabisulfite in water; the nonionic end-capped 1,2- propylene/polyoxyethylene terephthalate polyesters of U.S.
  • DMT dimethyl terephthalate
  • PG ,2-propylene glycol
  • Gosselink et al for example those produced by transesterification/oligomerization of poly(ethyleneglycol) mediyl ether, DMT, PG and poly(ed ⁇ yleneglycol) ("PEG"); the partly- and fully- anionic-end-capped oligomeric esters of U.S. 4,721,580, January 26, 1988 to Gosselink, such as oligomers from ethylene glycol ("EG"), PG, DMT and Na-3,6-dioxa-8- hydroxyoctanesulfonate; me nonionic-capped block polyester oligomeric compounds of U.S.
  • Gosselink for example produced from DMT, Me- capped PEG and EG and/or PG, or a combination of DMT, EG and/or PG, Me-capped PEG and Na-dimethyl-5-sulfoisophti ⁇ alate; and the anionic, especially sulfoaroyl, end- capped terephthalate esters of U.S.
  • Gosselink et al 4,877,896, October 31, 1989 to Maldonado, Gosselink et al, the latter being typical of SRA's useful in both laundry and fabric conditioning products, an example being an ester composition made from m-sulfobenzoic acid monosodium salt, PG and DMT optionally but preferably further comprising added PEG, e.g., PEG 3400.
  • SRA's also include simple copolymeric blocks of ethylene terephthalate or propylene terephthalate with polyethylene oxide or polypropylene oxide terephthalate, see U.S. 3,959,230 to Hays, May 25, 1976 and U.S. 3,893,929 to Basadur, July 8, 1975; cellulosic derivatives such as me hydroxyether cellulosic polymers available as METHOCEL from Dow; and the C1-C4 alkylcelluloses and C4 hydroxyalkyl celluloses; see U.S. 4,000,093, December 28, 1976 to Nicol, et al.
  • Suitable SRA's characterised by poly(vinyl ester) hydrophobe segments include graft copoiymers of poly (vinyl ester), e.g., C ⁇ -C ⁇ vinyl esters, preferably poly (vinyl acetate), grafted onto polyalkylene oxide backbones. See European Patent Application 0 219 048, published April 22, 1987 by Kud, et al. Commercially available examples include SOKALAN SRA's such as SOKALAN HP-22, available from BASF, Germany. Other SRA's are polyesters widi repeat units containing 10-15% by weight of ethylene terephthalate together with 90-80% by weight of polyoxyethylene terephthalate, derived from a polyoxyethylene glycol of average molecular weight 300-5,000. Commercial examples include ZELCON 5126 from Dupont and MILEASE T from ICI.
  • Another prefened SRA is an oligomer having empirical formula (CAP)2(EG/PG)5(T)5(SIP)! which comprises terephthaloyl (T), sulfoisophthaloyl (SIP), oxyediyleneoxy and oxy-l,2-propylene (EG/PG) units and which is preferably terminated widi end-caps (CAP), preferably modified isediionates, as in an oligomer comprising one sulfoisophthaloyl unit, 5 terephthaloyl units, oxyediyleneoxy and oxy-l,2-propyleneoxy units in a defined ratio, preferably about 0.5:1 to about 10:1, and two end-cap units derived from sodium 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-efhanesulfonate.
  • CAP empirical formula
  • Said SRA preferably further comprises from 0.5% to 20%, by weight of the oligomer, of a crystallinity-reducing stabiliser, for example an anionic surfactant such as linear sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate or a member selected from xylene-, cumene-, and toluene- sulfonates or mixmres thereof, diese stabilizers or modifiers being introduced into the synthesis pot, all as taught in U.S. 5,415,807, Gosselink, Pan, Kellett and Hall, issued May 16, 1995.
  • Suitable monomers for the above SRA include Na 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-ethanesulfonate, DMT, Na- dimethyl 5- sulfoisophdialate, EG and PG.
  • oligomeric esters comprising: (1) a backbone comprising (a) at least one unit selected from the group consisting of dihydroxy sulfonates, polyhydroxy sulfonates, a unit which is at least trifunctional whereby ester linkages are formed resulting in a branched oligomer backbone, and combinations thereof; (b) at least one unit which is a terephthaloyl moiety; and (c) at least one unsulfonated unit which is a 1,2-oxyalkyleneoxy moiety; and (2) one or more capping units selected from nonionic capping units, anionic capping units such as alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated, isediionates, alkoxylated propanesulfonates, alkoxylated propanedisulfonates, alkoxylated phenolsulfonates, sulfoaroyl derivatives and mixtures thereof.
  • Prefened of such esters are those
  • CAP, EG/PG, PEG, T and SIP are as defined hereinabove
  • DEG represents di(oxyethylene)oxy units
  • SEG represents units derived from the sulfoediyl edier of glycerin and related moiety units
  • B represents branching units which are at least trifunctional whereby ester linkages are formed resulting in a branched oligomer backbone
  • x is from about 1 to about 12
  • y' is from about 0.5 to about 25
  • y" is from 0 to about 12
  • y' " is from 0 to about 10
  • z is from about 1.5 to about 25
  • z' is from 0 to about 12
  • q is from about 0.05 to about 12
  • m is from about 0.01 to about 10
  • Prefened SEG and CAP monomers for the above esters include Na-2-(2-,3- dihydroxypropoxy)ethanesulfonate (“SEG”), Na-2- ⁇ 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy) edioxy ⁇ ethanesulfonate (“SE3”) and its homologs and mixtures thereof and die products of ethoxy lating and sulfonating allyl alcohol.
  • SEG sodium-2-(2-,3- dihydroxypropoxy)ethanesulfonate
  • SE3 Na-2- ⁇ 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy) edioxy ⁇ ethanesulfonate
  • Prefened SRA esters in this class include the product of transesterifying and oligomerizing sodium 2- ⁇ 2-(2- hydroxyethoxy)ed ⁇ oxy ⁇ ed ⁇ anesulfonate and/or sodium 2-[2- ⁇ 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)- ed ⁇ oxy ⁇ ed ⁇ oxy]ed ⁇ anesulfonate, DMT, sodium 2-(2,3-dihydroxypropoxy) ethane sulfonate, EG, and PG using an appropriate Ti(IV) catalyst and can be designated as (CAP)2(T)5(EG/PG)1.4(SEG)2.5(B)0.13 wherein CAP is (Na+ -O 3 S[CH2CH 2 O]3.5)- and B is a unit from glycerin and die mole ratio EG/PG is about 1.7:1 as measured by conventional gas chromatography after complete hydrolysis.
  • SRA's include (I) nonionic terephthalates using diisocyanate coupling agents to link up polymeric ester structures, see U.S. 4,201,824, Violland et al. and U.S. 4,240,918 Lagasse et al; (U) SRA's widi carboxylate terminal groups made by adding trimellitic anhydride to known SRA's to convert terminal hydroxyl groups to trimellitate esters. With a proper selection of catalyst, the trimellitic anhydride forms linkages to me terminals of the polymer through an ester of the isolated carboxylic acid of trimellitic anhydride radier than by opening of me anhydride linkage.
  • Either nonionic or anionic SRA's may be used as starting materials as long as they have hydroxyl terminal groups which may be esterified. See U.S. 4,525,524 Tung et al.; (HI) anionic terephthalate-based SRA's of the urethane-linked variety, see U.S. 4,201,824, Violland et al; (TV) poly(vinyl caprolactam) and related co-polymers with monomers such as vinyl pynolidone and/or dimethylaminoethyl mediacrylate, including bodi nonionic and cationic polymers, see U.S.
  • compositions of the present invention can also optionally contain water-soluble ethoxylated amines having clay soil removal and antiredeposition properties.
  • Granular detergent compositions which contain diese compounds typically contain from 0.01 % to 10.0% by weight of the water-soluble ethoxy lates amines; liquid detergent compositions typically contain 0.01 % to 5 % .
  • the most prefened soil release and anti-redeposition agent is ethoxylated tetraethylene- pentamin ⁇ .
  • Exemplary ethoxylated amines are further described in U.S. Patent 4,597,898, VanderMeer, issued July 1, 1986.
  • Another group of prefened clay soil removal- antiredeposition agents are the cationic compounds disclosed in European Patent Application 111,965, Oh and Gosselink, published June 27, 1984.
  • Odier clay soil removal/antiredeposition agents which can be used include die edioxylated amine polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 111,984, Gosselink, published June 27, 1984; die zwitterionic polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 112,592, Gosselink, published July 4, 1984; and the amine oxides disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,548,744, Connor, issued October 22, 1985.
  • Other clay soil removal and/or anti redeposition agents known in the art can also be utilized in the compositions herein. See U.S. Patent 4,891,160, VanderMeer, issued January 2, 1990 and WO 95/32272, published November 30, 1995.
  • Another type of prefened antiredeposition agent includes me carboxy methyl cellulose (CMC) materials. These materials are well known in the art.
  • Polymeric dispersing agents can advantageously be utilized at levels from 0.1 % to 7%, by weight, in the compositions herein, especially in the presence of zeolite and/or layered silicate builders.
  • Suitable polymeric dispersing agents include polymeric polycarboxylates and polyediylene glycols, although odiers known in die art can also be used. It is believed, diough it is not intended to be limited by dieory, that polymeric dispersing agents enhance overall detergent builder performance, when used in combination widi other builders (including lower molecular weight polycarboxylates) by crystal growth inhibition, paniculate soil release peptization, and anti-redeposition.
  • Polymeric polycarboxylate materials can be prepared by polymerizing or copolymerizing suitable unsaturated monomers, preferably in their acid form.
  • Unsaturated monomeric acids diat can be polymerized to form suitable polymeric polycarboxylates include acrylic acid, maleic acid (or maleic anhydride), fumaric acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid and methylenemalonic acid.
  • the presence in the polymeric polycarboxylates herein or monomeric segments, containing no carboxylate radicals such as vinylmethyl ether, styrene, ethylene, etc. is suitable provided diat such segments do not constitute more than 40% by weight.
  • Particularly suitable polymeric polycarboxylates can be derived from acrylic acid.
  • acrylic acid-based polymers which are useful herein are the water-soluble salts of polymerized acrylic acid.
  • the average molecular weight of such polymers in the acid form preferably ranges from 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from 4,000 to 7,000 and most preferably from 4,000 to 5,000.
  • Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid polymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substimted ammonium salts. Soluble polymers of this type are known materials. Use of polyacrylates of this type in detergent compositions has been disclosed, for example, in Diehl, U.S. Patent 3,308,067, issued March 7, 1967.
  • Acrylic/maleic-based copoiymers may also be used as a prefened component of die dispersing/anti-redeposition agent.
  • Such materials include die water-soluble salts of copoiymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid.
  • the average molecular weight of such copoiymers in the acid form preferably ranges from 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 75,000, most preferably from 7,000 to 65,000.
  • the ratio of acrylate to maleate segments in such copoiymers will generally range from 30:1 to 1:1, more preferably from 10: 1 to 2:1.
  • Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid/maleic acid copoiymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammomum and substimted ammonium salts.
  • Soluble acrylate/maleate copoiymers of this type are known materials which are described in European Patent Application No. 66915, published December 15, 1982, as well as in EP 193,360, published September 3, 1986, which also describes such polymers comprising hydroxypropylacrylate.
  • Still other useful dispersing agents include the maleic/acrylic/vinyl alcohol terpolymers.
  • Such materials are also disclosed in EP 193,360, including, for example, die 45/45/10 terpolymer of acrylic/maleic/vinyl alcohol.
  • PEG polyediylene glycol
  • PEG can exhibit dispersing agent performance as well as act as a clay soil removal-antiredeposition agent.
  • Typical molecular weight ranges for these purposes range from 500 to 100,000, preferably from 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 1,500 to 10,000.
  • Polyaspartate and polyglutamate dispersing agents may also be used, especially in conjunction widi zeolite builders.
  • Dispersing agents such as polyaspartate preferably have a molecular weight (avg.) of 10,000.
  • optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents known in the art can be incorporated at levels typically from 0.01 % to 1.2% , by weight, into me detergent compositions herein.
  • Commercial optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention can be classified into subgroups, which include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxylic acid, meminecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and odier miscellaneous agents. Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in "The Production and Application of Fluorescent Brightening Agents", M. Zahradnik, Published by John Wiley & Sons, New York (1982).
  • optical brighteners which are useful in the present compositions are those identified in U.S. Patent 4,790,856, issued to Wixon on December 13, 1988. These brighteners include die PHORWHITE series of brighteners from Verona. Other brighteners disclosed in diis reference include: Tinopal UNPA, Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM; available from Ciba-Geigy; Artie White CC and Artie White CWD, the 2-(4-styryl- ⁇ henyl)-2H-naptho[l ,2-d]triazoles; 4,4'-bis-(l ,2,3-triazol-2-yl)-stilbenes; 4,4'- bis(styryl)bisphenyls; and die aminocoumarins.
  • these brighteners include 4-methyl-7-died ⁇ yl- amino coumarin; l ,2-bis(benzimidazol-2-yl)ediylene; 1,3- diphenyl-pyrazolines; 2,5-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)thiophene; 2-styryl-naptho[l ,2-d]oxazole; and 2-(stilben-4-yl)-2H-naphtho[l,2-d]triazole. See also U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton.
  • compositions of the present invention may also include one or more materials effective for inhibiting die transfer of dyes from one fabric to another during the cleaning process.
  • dye transfer inhibiting agents include polyvinyl pynolidone polymers, polyamine N-oxide polymers, copoiymers of N-vinylpynolidone and N-vinylimidazole, manganese phthalocyanine, peroxidases, and mixmres thereof. If used, these agents typically comprise from 0.01 % to 10% by weight of the composition, preferably from 0.01% to 5% , and more preferably from 0.05% to 2%.
  • Prefened polyamine N-oxides are those wherein R is a heterocyclic group such as pyridine, pynole, imidazole, pynolidine, piperidine and derivatives diereof.
  • the N-O group can be represented by die following general structures:
  • Ri , R2, R3 are aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic or alicyclic groups or combinations diereof; x, y and z are 0 or 1; and die nitrogen of the N-O group can be attached or form part of any of the aforementioned groups.
  • the amine oxide unit of die polyamine N-oxides has a pKa ⁇ 10, preferably pKa ⁇ 7, more prefened pKa ⁇ 6.
  • Any polymer backbone can be used as long as die amine oxide polymer formed is water- soluble and has dye transfer inhibiting properties. Examples of suitable polymeric backbones are polyvinyls, polyalkylenes, polyesters, polyethers, polyamide, polyimides, polyacrylates and mixmres thereof.
  • These polymers include random or block copoiymers where one monomer type is an amine N-oxide and die other monomer type is an N-oxide.
  • the amine N-oxide polymers typically have a ratio of amine to the amine N-oxide of 10: 1 to 1:1,000,000.
  • me number of amine oxide groups present in the polyamine oxide polymer can be varied by appropriate copolymerization or by an appropriate degree of N-oxidation.
  • the polyamine oxides can be obtained in almost any degree of polymerization.
  • the average molecular weight is within the range of 500 to 1,000,000; more prefened 1,000 to 500,000; most prefened 5,000 to 100,000. This prefened class of materials can be refened to as "PVNO".
  • poly(4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide) which has an average molecular weight of 50,000 and an amine to amine N-oxide ratio of 1 :4.
  • Copoiymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole polymers are also prefened for use herein.
  • the PVPVI has an average molecular weight range from 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, and most preferably from 10,000 to 20,000. (The average molecular weight range is determined by light scattering as described in Barm, et al., Chemical Analysis. Vol 113.
  • the PVPVI copoiymers typically have a molar ratio of N- vinylimidazole to N-vinylpynolidone from 1:1 to 0.2:1, more preferably from 0.8:1 to 0.3:1, most preferably from 0.6: 1 to 0.4: 1. These copoiymers can be either linear or branched.
  • compositions also may employ a polyvinylpynolidone (“PVP”) having an average molecular weight of from 5,000 to 400,000, preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, and more preferably from 5,000 to 50,000.
  • PVP's are known to persons skilled in the detergent field; see, for example, EP-A-262,897 and EP-A-256,696, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Compositions containing PVP can also contain polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) having an average molecular weight from 500 to 100,000, preferably from 1,000 to 10,000.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the ratio of PEG to PVP on a ppm basis delivered in wash solutions is from 2: 1 to 50:1, and more preferably from 3:1 to 10:1.
  • the detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain from 0.005% to 5% by weight of certain types of hydrophilic optical brighteners which also provide a dye transfer inhibition action. If used, die compositions herein will preferably comprise from 0.01 % to 1 % by weight of such optical brighteners.
  • hydrophilic optical brighteners useful in the present invention are those having die structural formula:
  • Ri is selected from anilino, N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and NH-2-hydroxyethyl
  • R2 is selected from N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl, N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino, morphilino, chloro and amino
  • M is a salt-forming cation such as sodium or potassium.
  • Rj is anilino
  • R2 is N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and M is a cation such as sodium
  • the brightener is 4,4',-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine-2- yl)amino]-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid and disodium salt.
  • This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal-UNPA-GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Tinopal-UNPA-GX is the preferred hydrophilic optical brightener useful in die detergent compositions herein.
  • Rj is anilino
  • R2 is N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-2-methylamino
  • M is a cation such as sodium
  • the brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N-2-hydroxyethyl-N- memylamino)-s-triazme-2-yl)amino]2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid disodium salt.
  • This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under die tradename Tinopal 5BM- GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
  • Rj is anilino
  • R2 is morphilino
  • M is a cation such as sodium
  • me brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-mo ⁇ hilino-s-triazine-2-yl)amino]2,2'- stilbenedisulfonic acid, sodium salt.
  • This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal AMS-GX by Ciba Geigy Corporation.
  • the specific optical brightener species selected for use in the present invention provide especially effective dye transfer inhibition performance benefits when used in combination with me selected polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents hereinbefore described.
  • the combination of such selected polymeric materials (e.g., PVNO and/or PVPVI) with such selected optical brighteners (e.g., Tinopal UNPA-GX, Tinopal 5BM-GX and/or Tinopal AMS-GX) provides significantly better dye transfer inhibition in aqueous wash solutions than does eidier of diese two detergent composition components when used alone. Widiout being bound by theory, it is believed that such brighteners work this way because they have high affinity for fabrics in the wash solution and dierefore deposit relatively quick on these fabrics.
  • exhaustion coefficient is in general as the ratio of a) the brightener material deposited on fabric to b) the initial brightener concentration in the wash liquor. Brighteners with relatively high exhaustion coefficients are the most suitable for inhibiting dye transfer in the context of die present invention.
  • the detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and/or manganese chelating agents.
  • chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substimted aro ⁇ matic chelating agents and mixmres therein, all as hereinafter defined. Widiout intending to be bound by meory, it is believed that me benefit of these materials is due in part to their exceptional ability to remove iron and manganese ions from washing solutions by formation of soluble chelates.
  • Amino carboxylates useful as optional chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetracetates, N-hydroxyethy lethy lenediaminetriacetates , nitrilotriacetates , ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriaminepentaacetates, and edianoldiglycines, alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts therein and mixmres therein.
  • Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at least low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions, and include ediylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates) as DEQUEST.
  • ediylenediaminetetrakis methylenephosphonates
  • DEQUEST ediylenediaminetetrakis
  • Polyfunctionally-substimted aromatic chelating agents are also useful in the compositions herein. See U.S. Patent 3,812,044, issued May 21, 1974, to Connor et al. Prefened compounds of this type in acid form are dihydroxydisulfobenzenes such as 1,2-dihydroxy- 3 , 5-disulfobenzene .
  • EDDS ethylenediamine disuccinate
  • compositions herein may also contain water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid (MGDA) salts (or acid form) as a chelant or co-builder useful with, for example, insoluble builders such as zeolites, layered silicates.
  • MGDA water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid
  • diese chelating agents will generally comprise from 0.1% to 15% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably, if utilized, die chelating agents will comprise from 0.1% to 3.0% by weight of such compositions.
  • suds suppressors A wide variety of materials may be used as suds suppressors, and suds suppressors are well known to those skilled in die art. See, for example, Kirk Othmer Encyclopedia of
  • One category of suds suppressor of particular interest encompasses monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts dierein. See U.S. Patent 2,954,347, issued September 27, 1960 to Wayne St. John.
  • the monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof used as suds suppressor typically have hydrocarbyl chains of 10 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable salts include the alkali metal salts such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, and ammomum and alkanolammonium salts.
  • the detergent compositions herein may also contain non-surfactant suds suppressors.
  • non-surfactant suds suppressors include, for example: high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic Cl8"C40 ketones (e.g., stearone), etc.
  • suds inhibitors include N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortriazines formed as products of cyanuric chloride widi two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing 1 to 24 carbon atoms, propylene oxide, and monostearyl phosphates such as monostearyl alcohol phosphate ester and monostearyl di-alkali metal (e.g., K, Na, and Li) phosphates and phosphate esters.
  • the hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffm can be utilized in liquid form.
  • the liquid hydrocarbons will be liquid at room temperamre and atmospheric pressure, and will have a pour point in the range of -40°C and 50°C, and a minimum boiling point not less thanll0°C (atmospheric pressure). It is also known to utilize waxy hydrocarbons, preferably having a melting point below 100 °C.
  • the hydrocarbons constitute a preferred category of suds suppressor for detergent compositions. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al.
  • the hydrocarbons thus, include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons having from 12 to 70 carbon atoms.
  • the term "paraffin,” as used in this suds suppressor discussion, is intended to include mixmres of true paraffins and cyclic hydrocarbons.
  • Non-surfactant suds suppressors comprises silicone suds suppressors.
  • This category includes die use of polyorganosiloxane oils, such as polydimediylsiloxane, dispersions or emulsions of polyorganosiloxane oils or resins, and combinations of polyorganosiloxane with silica particles wherein the polyorganosiloxane is chemisorbed or fused onto the silica.
  • Silicone suds suppressors are well known in the art and are, for example, disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al and European Patent Application No. 89307851.9, published February 7, 1990, by Starch, M. S.
  • An exemplary silicone based suds suppressor for use herein is a suds suppressing amount of a suds controlling agent consisting essentially of:
  • polydimediylsiloxane fluid having a viscosity of from about 20 cs. to about l,500 cs. at 25°C;
  • siloxane resin composed of (CH3)3SiO ⁇ /2 units of Si ⁇ 2 units in a ratio of from (CH3)3 SiO ⁇ /2 units and to Si ⁇ 2 units of from about 0.6:1 to about 1.2:1; and (iii) from about 1 to about 20 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of a solid silica gel.
  • the solvent for a continuous phase is made up of certain polyethylene glycols or polyethylene-polypropylene glycol copoiymers or mixmres thereof (prefened), or polypropylene glycol.
  • the primary silicone suds suppressor is branched/crosslinked and preferably not linear.
  • typical liquid laundry detergent compositions widi controlled suds will optionally comprise from about 0.001 to about 1, preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.7, most preferably from about 0.05 to about 0.5, weight % of said silicone suds suppressor, which comprises (1) a nonaqueous emulsion of a primary antifoam agent which is a mixture of (a) a polyorganosiloxane, (b) a resinous siloxane or a silicone resin-producing silicone compound, (c) a finely divided filler material, and (d) a catalyst to promote the reaction of mixmre components (a), (b) and (c), to form silanolates; (2) at least one nonionic silicone surfactant; and (3) polyethylene glycol or a copolymer of polyethylene-polypropylene glycol having a solubility in water at room temperamre of more man about 2 weight %; and without polypropylene glycol.
  • a primary antifoam agent which is a mixture of (a)
  • the silicone suds suppressor herein preferably comprises polyethylene glycol and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, all having an average molecular weight of less dian about 1,000, preferably between about 100 and 800.
  • the polyethylene glycol and polyethylene/polypropylene copoiymers herein have a solubility in water at room temperamre of more than about 2 weight %, preferably more than about 5 weight %.
  • the preferred solvent herein is polyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of less than about 1,000, more preferably between about 100 and 800, most preferably between 200 and 400, and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, preferably PPG 200/PEG 300.
  • Preferred is a weight ratio of between about 1:1 and 1:10, most preferably between 1:3 and 1:6, of polyethylene glycol: copolymer of polyethylene- polypropylene glycol.
  • the prefened silicone suds suppressors used herein do not contain polypropylene glycol, particularly of 4,000 molecular weight. They also preferably do not contain block copoiymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, like PLURONIC L101.
  • Odier suds suppressors useful herein comprise the secondary alcohols (e.g., 2-alkyl alkanols) and mixmres of such alcohols with silicone oils, such as the silicones disclosed in U.S. 4,798,679, 4,075,118 and EP 150,872.
  • the secondary alcohols include die C ⁇ -Ci ⁇ alkyl alcohols having a Cj-Ci ⁇ chain.
  • a prefened alcohol is 2-butyl octanol, which is available from Condea under the trademark ISOFOL 12.
  • Mixmres of secondary alcohols are available under the trademark ISALCHEM 123 from Enichem.
  • Mixed suds suppressors typically comprise mixmres of alcohol + silicone at a weight ratio of 1:5 to 5:1.
  • suds should not form to the extent that diey eidier overflow the washing machine or negatively affect the washing mechamsm of the dishwasher.
  • Suds suppressors when utilized, are preferably present in a "suds suppressing amount.
  • Suds suppressing amount is meant that die formulator of the composition can select an amount of this suds controlling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in a low-sudsing laundry or dishwashing detergents for use in automatic laundry or dishwashing machines.
  • compositions herein will generally comprise from 0% to 10% of suds suppressor.
  • monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts therein will be present typically in amounts up to 5%, by weight, of die detergent composition.
  • from 0.5% to 3% of fatty monocarboxylate suds suppressor is utilized.
  • Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts up to 2.0%, by weight, of die detergent composition, although higher amounts may be used. This upper limit is practical in nature, due primarily to concern with keeping costs minimized and effectiveness of lower amounts for effectively controlling sudsing.
  • from 0.01% to 1 % of silicone suds suppressor is used, more preferably from 0.25% to 0.5%.
  • these weight percentage values include any silica that may be utilized in combination with polyorganosiloxane, as well as any adjunct materials that may be utilized.
  • Monostearyl phosphate suds suppressors are generally utilized in amounts ranging from 0.1 % to 2%, by weight, of the composition.
  • Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts ranging from 0.01 % to 5.0%, although higher levels can be used.
  • the alcohol suds suppressors are typically used at 0.2% -3% by weight of die finished compositions.
  • Alkoxylated polycarboxylates such as those prepared from polyacrylates are useful herein to provide additional grease removal performance. Such materials are described in WO 91/08281 and PCT 90/01815 at p. 4 et seq., incorporated herein by reference.
  • these materials comprise polyacrylates having one ethoxy side-chain per every 7-8 acrylate units.
  • the side-chains are of the formula -(CH2CH2 ⁇ ) m (CH2) n CH3 wherein m is 2-3 and n is 6-12.
  • the side-chains are ester-linked to die polyacrylate "backbone” to provide a "comb" polymer type strucmre.
  • the molecular weight can vary, but is typically in the range of 2000 to 50,000.
  • Such alkoxylated polycarboxylates can comprise from 0.05% to 10%, by weight, of the compositions herein.
  • Perfumes and perfumery ingredients useful in the present compositions and processes comprise a wide variety of natural and syndietic chemical ingredients, including, but not limited to, aldehydes, ketones, esters. Also included are various natural extracts and essences which can comprise complex mixmres of ingredients, such as orange oil, lemon oil, rose extract, lavender, musk, patchouli, balsamic essence, sandalwood oil, pine oil, cedar. Finished perfumes can comprise extremely complex mixmres of such ingredients. Finished perfumes typically comprise from 0.01% to 2%, by weight, of the detergent compositions herein, and individual perfumery ingredients can comprise from 0.0001 % to 90% of a finished perfume composition.
  • perfume ingredients useful herein include: 7-acetyl-l, 2,3,4,5,6,7, 8-octahydro- 1,1,6,7-tetramethyl naphthalene; ionone methyl; ionone gamma methyl; methyl cedrylone; methyl dihydrojasmonate; methyl l ,6,10-trimemyl-2,5,9-cyclododecatrien-l-yl ketone; 7- acetyl-l,l,3,4,4,6-hexamethyl tetralin; 4-acetyl-6-tert-butyl- 1,1 -dimethyl indane; para- hydroxy-phenyl-butanone; benzophenone; methyl beta-naphthyl ketone; 6-acetyl- 1,1,2,3,3,5-hexamethyl indane; 5-acetyl-3-iso
  • perfume materials are those that provide the largest odor improvements in finished product compositions containing cellulases.
  • These perfumes include but are not limited to: hexyl cinnamic aldehyde; 2-methyl-3-(para-tert- butylphenyO-propionaldehyde; 7-acetyl-l, 2, 3,4,5,6,7, 8-octahydro-l,l,6,7-tetramethyl naphthalene; benzyl salicylate; 7-acetyl-l, 1, 3 ,4,6,6-hexamethyl tetralin; para-tert-butyl cyclohexyl acetate; methyl dihydro jasmonate; beta-napmol methyl ether; methyl beta- naphthyl ketone; 2-memyl-2-(para-iso-propylphenyl)-propionaldehyde; 1,3,4,6,7,8- hexahydro-4 ,6
  • perfume materials include essential oils, resinoids, and resins from a variety of sources including, but not limited to: Peru balsam, Olibanum resinoid, styrax, labdanum resin, nutmeg, cassia oil, benzoin resin, coriander and lavandin.
  • Still odier perfume chemicals include phenyl ethyl alcohol, terpineol, linalool, linalyl acetate, geraniol, nerol, 2-(l,l-dimethyled ⁇ yl)-cyclohexanol acetate, benzyl acetate, and eugenol.
  • Carriers such as diethylphdialate can be used in the finished perfume compositions.
  • a wide variety of other ingredients useful in detergent compositions can be included in die compositions herein, including other active ingredients, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, dyes or pigments, solvents for liquid formulations, solid fillers for bar compositions, etc.
  • suds boosters such as the C10-C16 alkanolamides can be incorporated into me compositions, typically at 1 %-10% levels.
  • the C10-C14 monoethanol and diedianol amides illustrate a typical class of such suds boosters.
  • Use of such suds boosters with high sudsing adjunct surfactants such as the amine oxides, betaines and sultaines noted above is also advantageous.
  • water-soluble magnesium and/or calcium salts such as MgCl2, MgSO4, CaCl2, CaSO4, can be added at levels of, typically, 0.1 %-2%, to provide additional suds and to enhance grease removal performance.
  • Various detersive ingredients employed in the present compositions optionally can be further stabilized by absorbing said ingredients onto a porous hydrophobic substrate, then coating said substrate with a hydrophobic coating.
  • the detersive ingredient is admixed widi a surfactant before being absorbed into die porous substrate.
  • the detersive ingredient is released from the substrate into the aqueous washing liquor, where it performs its intended detersive function.
  • a porous hydrophobic silica (trademark SJPERNAT D10, DeGussa) is admixed widi a proteolytic enzyme solution containing 3%- 5% of Ci3_i5 ethoxylated alcohol (EO 7) nonionic surfactant.
  • EO 7 Ci3_i5 ethoxylated alcohol
  • the resulting powder is dispersed with stirring in silicone oil (various silicone oil viscosities in the range of 500- 12,500 can be used).
  • silicone oil various silicone oil viscosities in the range of 500- 12,500 can be used.
  • the resulting silicone oil dispersion is emulsified or otherwise added to the final detergent matrix.
  • ingredients such as die aforementioned enzymes, bleaches, bleach activators, bleach catalysts, photoactivators, dyes, fluorescers, fabric conditioners and hydrolyzable surfactants can be "protected” for use in detergents, including liquid laundry detergent compositions.
  • Liquid detergent compositions can contain water and other solvents as caniers.
  • Low molecular weight primary or secondary alcohols exemplified by methanol, ethanol, propanol, and isopropanol are suitable.
  • Monohydric alcohols are prefened for solubilizing surfactant, but polyols such as those containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and from 2 to 6 hydroxy groups (e.g., 1,3-propanediol, ediylene glycol, glycerine, and 1,2-propanediol) can also be used.
  • the compositions may contain from 5% to 90%, typically 10% to 50% of such caniers.
  • the detergent compositions herein will preferably be formulated such diat, during use in aqueous cleaning operations, the wash water will have a pH of between 6.5 and 11, preferably between 7.5 and 10.5.
  • Liquid dishwashing product formulations preferably have a pH between 6.8 and 9.0.
  • Laundry products are typically at pH 9-11. Techniques for controlling pH at recommended usage levels include die use of buffers, alkalis, acids, etc., and are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the formulator wishes to prepare an admixable particle containing die alkoxylated cationics for use in, for example, a high density granular detergent, it is preferred that die particle composition not be highly alkaline. Processes for preparing high density (above 650 g/l) granules are described in U.S. Patent 5,366,652. Such particles may be formulated to have an effective pH in-use of 9, or below, to avoid die odor of impurity amines.
  • die abbreviated component identifications have die following meanings:
  • C45E7 A C14.15 predominantly linear primary alcohol condensed widi an average of 7 moles of ethylene oxide C25E3 A C12-15 branched primary alcohol condensed with an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide
  • Nai2(A102Si ⁇ 2)i2- 27H2O having a primary particle size in the range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers
  • Citric acid Anhydrous citric acid Carbonate Anhydrous sodium carbonate with a particle size between 200 ⁇ m and 900 ⁇ m
  • Bicarbonate Anhydrous sodium bicarbonate with a particle size distribution between 400 ⁇ m and 1200 ⁇ m
  • Silicate Amorphous Sodium Silicate (SiO2:Na2O; 2.0 ratio)
  • Citrate Tri-sodium citrate dihydrate of activity 86.4% widi a particle size distribution between 425 ⁇ m and 850 ⁇ m
  • Brightener 1 Disodium 4,4' -bis(2-sulphostyryl)bipheny 1
  • Brightener 2 Disodium 4,4 ' -bis(4-anilino-6-morphoIino-
  • Silicone antifoam Polydimediylsiloxane foam controller with siloxane-oxyalkylene copolymer as dispersing agent with a ratio of said foam controller to said dispersing agent of 10:1 to 100:1.
  • a and C are phosphorus-containing detergent compositions and B is a zeolite- containing detergent composition.
  • the bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
  • CocoMeEO2* 1.0 1.0 1.0
  • the bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
  • Zeolite A 15.0 15.0 15.0
  • CocoMeEO2* 1.0 1.5 1.5
  • the bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
  • the bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
  • Any of the granular detergent compositions provided herein may be tabletted using known tabletting methods to provide detergent tablets.
  • compositions can contain various paniculate detersive ingredients (e.g., bleaching agents, as disclosed hereinabove) stably suspended dierein.
  • Such non-aqueous compositions thus comprise a LIQUID PHASE and, optionally but preferably, a SOLID PHASE, all as described in more detail hereinafter and in die cited references.
  • the AQA surfactants are incorporated in die compositions at the levels and in die manner described hereinabove for the manufacmre of other laundry detergent compositions.
  • the liquid phase will generally comprise from 35% to 99% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably, the liquid phase will comprise from 50% to 95% by weight of the compositions. Most preferably, the liquid phase will comprise from 45% to 75% by weight of the compositions herein.
  • the liquid phase of die detergent compositions herein essentially contains relatively high concentrations of a certain type anionic surfactant combined with a certain type of nonaqueous, liquid diluent.
  • the anionic surfactant is an essential component of die nonaqueous liquid phase and is selected from the alkali metal salts of alkylbenzene sulfonic acids in which die alkyl group contains from 10 to 16 carbon atoms, in straight chain or branched chain configuration.
  • alkylbenzene sulfonic acids in which die alkyl group contains from 10 to 16 carbon atoms, in straight chain or branched chain configuration.
  • Especially preferred are the sodium and potassium linear straight chain alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS) in which the average number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is from 11 to 14.
  • Sodium Cu-Ci4 LAS is especially prefened.
  • the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant will be dissolved in the nonaqueous liquid diluent which makes up die second essential component of die nonaqueous phase.
  • the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant is generally present to the extent of from 30% to 65% by weight of the liquid phase. More preferably, the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant will comprise from 35% to 50% by weight of the nonaqueous liquid phase of die compositions herein. Utilization of this anionic surfactant in these concentrations corresponds to an anionic surfactant concentration in the total composition of from 15% to 60% by weight, more preferably from 20% to 40% by weight, of the composition. (B) Nonaqueous Liquid Diluent
  • the hereinbefore described alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant is combined widi a nonaqueous liquid diluent which contains two essential components. These two components are a liquid alcohol alkoxylate material and a nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent.
  • Alcohol Alkoxylates are a liquid alcohol alkoxylate material and a nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent.
  • liquid diluent used to form the compositions herein comprises an alkoxylated fatty alcohol material.
  • Such materials are themselves also nonionic surfactants.
  • Such materials conespond to die general formula:
  • R 1 (C m H2mO) n OH wherein R 1 is a Cg - Cj6 alkyl group, m is from 2 to 4, and n ranges from 2 to 12.
  • Rl is an alkyl group, which may be primary or secondary, that contains from 9 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably from 10 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxylated fatty alcohols will be edioxylated materials that contain from 2 to 12 ethylene oxide moieties per molecule, more preferably from 3 to 10 ethylene oxide moieties per molecule.
  • the alkoxylated fatty alcohol component of die liquid diluent will frequently have a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB) which ranges from 3 to 17. More preferably, the HLB of diis material will range from 6 to 15, most preferably from 8 to 15.
  • HLB hydrophilic-lipophilic balance
  • fatty alcohol alkoxylates useful as one of die essential components of die nonaqueous liquid diluent in die compositions herein will include diose which are made from alcohols of 12 to 15 carbon atoms and which contain 7 moles of ethylene oxide. Such materials have been commercially marketed under die trade names Neodol 25-7 and Neodol 23-6.5 by Shell Chemical Company.
  • Neodols include Neodol 1-5, an ethoxylated fatty alcohol averaging 11 carbon atoms in its alkyl chain with 5 moles of ediylene oxide; Neodol 23-9, an edioxylated primary Cj2 - Cj3 alcohol having 9 moles of ethylene oxide and Neodol 91-10, an edioxylated C9 - Cu primary alcohol having 10 moles of ediylene oxide. Alcohol ethoxy lates of this type have also been marketed by Shell Chemical Company under the Dobanol tradename.
  • Dobanol 91-5 is an ethoxylated C9-C1 ⁇ fatty alcohol widi an average of 5 moles ethylene oxide and Dobanol 25-7 is an edioxylated Cl2"Cl5 fatty alcohol with an average of 7 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of fatty alcohol.
  • Suitable ethoxylated alcohols include Tergitol 15-S-7 and Tergitol 15-S-9 both of which are linear secondary alcohol ethoxylates diat have been commercially marketed by Union Carbide Corporation.
  • the former is a mixed edioxylation product of Cu to C ⁇ 5 linear secondary alkanol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide and die latter is a similar product but with 9 moles of ethylene oxide being reacted.
  • Odier types of alcohol edioxylates useful in die present compositions are higher molecular weight nonionics, such as Neodol 45-11, which are similar ethylene oxide condensation products of higher fatty alcohols, with die higher fatty alcohol being of 14-15 carbon atoms and the number of ethylene oxide groups per mole being 11. Such products have also been commercially marketed by Shell Chemical Company.
  • the alcohol alkoxylate component which is essentially utilized as part of the liquid diluent in die nonaqueous compositions herein will generally be present to the extent of from 1 % to 60% of the liquid phase composition. More preferably, the alcohol alkoxylate component will comprise 5% to 40% of the liquid phase. Most preferably, the essentially utilized alcohol alkoxylate component will comprise from 5% to 30% of the detergent composition liquid phase. Utilization of alcohol alkoxylate in diese concentrations in the liquid phase corresponds to an alcohol alkoxylate concentration in die total composition of from 1% to 60% by weight, more preferably from 2% to 40% by weight, and most preferably from 5% to 25% by weight, of the composition. ii) Nonaqueous Low-Polaritv Organic Solvent
  • a second essential component of die liquid diluent which forms part of the liquid phase of die detergent compositions herein comprises nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent(s).
  • solvent is used herein to connote the non-surface active canier or diluent portion of the liquid phase of die composition. While some of the essential and/or optional components of the compositions herein may actually dissolve in die “ solvent "-containing liquid phase, odier components will be present as particulate material dispersed widiin die “solvent "-containing liquid phase. Thus the term “solvent” is not meant to require that die solvent material be capable of actually dissolving all of die detergent composition components added diereto.
  • nonaqueous organic materials which are employed as solvents herein are those which are liquids of low polarity.
  • low-polarity liquids are those which have little, if any, tendency to dissolve sodium percarbonate.
  • relatively polar solvents such as ethanol should not be utilized.
  • Suitable types of low-polarity solvents useful in the nonaqueous liquid detergent compositions herein do include non-vicinal C4-Cg alkylene glycols, alkylene glycol mono lower alkyl ethers, lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols, lower molecular weight methyl esters and amides.
  • a prefened type of nonaqueous, low-polarity solvent for use in die compositions herein comprises the non-vicinal C4-Cg branched or straight chain alkylene glycols.
  • Materials of this type include hexylene glycol (4-methyl-2,4-pentanediol), 1,6-hexanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol and 1,4-butylene glycol. Hexylene glycol is die most preferred.
  • Another prefened type of nonaqueous, low-polarity solvent for use herein comprises the mono-, di-, tri-, or terra- C2-C3 alkylene glycol mono C2-C6 alkyl ethers.
  • the specific examples of such compounds include diediylene glycol monobutyl edier, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl edier, and dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether. Diediylene glycol monobutyl ether and dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether are especially prefened.
  • Compounds of die type have been commercially marketed under die tradenames Dowanol, Carbitol, and Cellosolve.
  • Anodier prefened type of nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent useful herein comprises the lower molecular weight polyediylene glycols (PEGs). Such materials are those having molecular weights of at least 150. PEGs of molecular weight ranging from 200 to 600 are most prefened.
  • anodier prefened type of non-polar, nonaqueous solvent comprises lower molecular weight methyl esters.
  • Such materials are those of die general formula: R*-C(O)-OCH3 wherein R* ranges from 1 to 18.
  • suitable lower molecular weight methyl esters include methyl acetate, mediyl propionate, methyl octanoate, and methyl dodecanoate.
  • the nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent(s) employed should, of course, be compatible and non-reactive with other composition components, e.g., bleach and/or activators, used in die liquid detergent compositions herein.
  • a solvent component will generally be utilized in an amount of from 1 % to 70% by weight of die liquid phase.
  • the nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent will comprise from 10% to 60% by weight of the liquid phase, most preferably from 20% to 50% by weight, of the liquid phase of die composition. Utilization of this organic solvent in these concentrations in the liquid phase conesponds to a solvent concentration in the total composition of from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferably from 5% to 40% by weight, and most preferably from 10% to 30% by weight, of the composition.
  • the ratio of alcohol alkoxylate to organic solvent within the liquid diluent can be used to vary the rheological properties of the detergent compositions eventually formed.
  • the weight ratio of alcohol alkoxylate to organic solvent will range from 50:1 to 1:50. More preferably, this ratio will range from 3:1 to 1:3.
  • the amount of total liquid diluent in die nonaqueous liquid phase herein will be determined by die type and amounts of odier composition components and by die desired composition properties.
  • the liquid diluent will comprise from 35% to 70% of the nonaqueous liquid phase of die compositions herein. More preferably, the liquid diluent will comprise from 50% to 65% of the nonaqueous liquid phase. This conesponds to a nonaqueous liquid diluent concentration in die total composition of from 15% to 70% by weight, more preferably from 20% to 50% by weight, of die composition.
  • the nonaqueous detergent compositions herein also essentially comprise from 1 % to 65% by weight, more preferably from 5% to 50% by weight, of a solid phase of paniculate material which is dispersed and suspended within die liquid phase.
  • a solid phase of paniculate material which is dispersed and suspended within die liquid phase.
  • paniculate material will range in size from 0.1 to 1500 microns. More preferably such material will range in size from 5 to 200 microns.
  • the paniculate material utilized herein can comprise one or more types of detergent composition components which in paniculate form are substantially insoluble in the nonaqueous liquid phase of die composition.
  • the types of paniculate materials which can be utilized are described in detail as follows:
  • nonaqueous liquid detergent compositions herein can be prepared by combining die essential and optional components thereof in any convenient order and by mixing, e.g., agitating, die resulting component combination to form the phase stable compositions herein.
  • essential and certain prefened optional components will be combined in a particular order and under certain conditions.
  • an admixture of the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant and die two essential components of die nonaqueous diluent is formed by heating a combination of diese materials to a temperamre from 30°C to 100°C.
  • a second process step the heated admixture formed as hereinbefore described is maintained under shear agitation at a temperamre from 40°C to 100°C for a period of from 2 minutes to 20 hours.
  • a vacuum can be applied to die admixture at this point.
  • This second process step serves to completely dissolve die anionic surfactant in the nonaqueous liquid phase.
  • this liquid phase combination of materials is cooled to a temperature of from 0°C to 35 °C.
  • This cooling step serves to form a structured, surfactant-containing liquid base into which die paniculate material of the detergent compositions herein can be added and dispersed.
  • Paniculate material is added in a fourth process step by combining die paniculate material widi die liquid base which is maintained under conditions of shear agitation.
  • more than one type of paniculate material is to be added, it is prefened diat a certain order of addition be observed.
  • any optional surfactants in solid paniculate form can be added in the form of particles ranging in size from 0.2 to 1,000 microns.
  • particles of substantially all of an organic builder, e.g., citrate and/or fatty acid, and/or an alkalinity source, e.g., sodium carbonate can be added while continuing to maintain diis admixture of composition components under shear agitation.
  • Other solid form optional ingredients can dien be added to die composition at this point. Agitation of die mixmre is continued, and if necessary, can be increased at diis point to form a uniform dispersion of insoluble solid phase particulates within die liquid phase.
  • the pary ⁇ les of the highly prefened peroxygen bleaching agent can be added to die composition, again while the mixture is maintained under shear agitation.
  • die peroxygen bleaching agent material By adding die peroxygen bleaching agent material last, or after all or most of the odier components, and especially after alkalinity source particles, have been added, desirable stability benefits for the peroxygen bleach can be realized. If enzyme prills are incorporated, they are preferably added to die nonaqueous liquid matrix last.
  • agitation of the mixmre is continued for a period of time sufficient to form compositions having the requisite viscosity and phase stability characteristics. Frequently this will involve agitation for a period of from 1 to 30 minutes.
  • one or more of the solid components may be added to die agitated mixture as a slurry of particles premixed widi a minor portion of one or more of the liquid components.
  • a premix of a small fraction of the alcohol alkoxylate and/or nonaqueous, low-polarity solvent with particles of the organic builder material and/or die particles of the inorganic alkalinity source and/or particles of a bleach activator may be separately formed and added as a slurry to the agitated mixmre of composition components. Addition of such slurry premixes should precede addition of peroxygen bleaching agent and/or enzyme particles which may themselves be part of a premix slurry formed in analogous fashion.
  • compositions of diis invention can be used to form aqueous washing solutions for use in the laundering and bleaching of fabrics.
  • an effective amount of such compositions is added to water, preferably in a conventional fabric laundering automatic washing machine, to form such aqueous laundering/bleaching solutions.
  • the aqueous washing/bleaching solution so formed is men contacted, preferably under agitation, with die fabrics to be laundered and bleached dierewith.
  • An effective amount of die liquid detergent compositions herein added to water to form aqueous laundering/bleaching solutions can comprise amounts sufficient to form from 500 to 7,000 ppm of composition in aqueous solution. More preferably, from 800 to 3,000 ppm of the detergent compositions herein will be provided in aqueous washing/bleaching solution.
  • a non-limiting example of a bleach-containing nonaqueous liquid laundry detergent is prepared having the composition as set forth in Table I.
  • bis-AQA-1 may be replaced by bis-AQA surfactants 2-22 or other bis
  • the composition is prepared by mixing die bis-AQA and LAS, dien die hexylene glycol and alcohol edioxylate, togedier at 54°C (130°F) for 1/2 hour. This mixmre is then cooled to 29°C (85 °F) whereupon the remaining components are added. The resulting composition is then stined at 29°C (85°F) for another 1/2 hour.
  • the resulting composition is a stable anhydrous heavy duty liquid laundry detergent which provides excellent stain and soil removal performance when used in normal fabric laundering operations.
  • the following hand wash detergent formulations are prepared by mixing die ingredients togetiier in the percentage weight amounts as indicated below.
  • Brightener 1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 Balance misc./ water 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 to 100
  • AQA-9* May be replaced by any AQA surfactant described herein.
  • Prefened AQA surfactants for use in this example are those widi from 10 to 15 ethoxy groups; for example AQA-10, AQA-16.
  • Modern, high performance hand dishwashing compositions can contain ingredients which are designed to provide specific in-use product attributes such as grease cutting ability, high sudsing, mildness and skin feel benefits.
  • ingredients for use with die bis-AQA surfactants herein include, for example, amine oxide surfactants, betaine and/or sultaine surfactants, alkyl sulfate and alkyl edioxy sulfate surfactants, liquid carriers, especially water and water/propylene glycol mixmres, natural oils such lemon oil.
  • preferred liquid and/or gel hand dishwashing compositions may also contain calcium ions, magnesium ions, or mixmres of calcium/magnesium ions, which afford additional grease cutting performance advantages especially when used in combination widi detersive mixmres comprising the bis-AQA surfactant herein in combination with, for example, amine oxide, alkyl sulfates and alkyl ethoxy sulfates.
  • Magnesium or calcium or mixed Mg/Ca ion sources typically comprise from 0.01% to 4%, preferably from 0.02% to 2%, by weight, of such compositions.
  • Various water-soluble sources of these ions include, for example, sulfate, chloride and acetate salts.
  • these compositions may also contain nonionic surfactants, especially those of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and alkyl polyglucaside classes.
  • Preferred are die C12-C14 (coconut alkyl) members of diese classes.
  • An especially preferred nonionic surfactant for use in hand dishwashing liquids is C12-C14 N-methylglucamide.
  • Prefened amine oxides include Cj2" ⁇ 14 dimediylamine oxide.
  • the alkyl sulfates and alkyl edioxy sulfates are as described hereinabove. Usage levels for such surfactants in dishwashing liquids is typically in die range from 3% to 50% of the finished composition.
  • the formulation of dishwashing liquid compositions has been described in more detail in various patent publications including U.S. 5,378,409, U.S. 5,376,310 and U.S. 5,417,893, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Modern automatic dishwashing detergents can contain bleaching agents such as hypochlorite sources; perborate, percarbonate or persulfate bleaches; enzymes such as proteases, lipases and amylases, or mixmres diereof; rinse-aids, especially nonionic surfactants; builders, including zeolite and phosphate builders; low-sudsing detersive surfactants, especially ethylene oxide/propylene oxide condensates.
  • bleaching agents such as hypochlorite sources; perborate, percarbonate or persulfate bleaches; enzymes such as proteases, lipases and amylases, or mixmres diereof; rinse-aids, especially nonionic surfactants; builders, including zeolite and phosphate builders; low-sudsing detersive surfactants, especially ethylene oxide/propylene oxide condensates.
  • Such compositions are typically in the form of granules or gels. If used in gel form
  • NaDCC Bleach2 2 bis-AQA-1* 0.5 1.0
  • the bis-AQA-1 surfactant can be replaced by bis-AQA-2 dirough bis-AQA-22
  • EXAMPLE Vm The following illustrates mixtures of bis-AQA surfactants which can be substimted for the bis-AQA surfactants listed in any of die foregoing Examples. As disclosed hereinabove, such mixmres can be used to provide a spectrum of performance benefits and/or to provide cleaning compositions which are useful over a wide variety of usage conditions. PreferaWy, the bis-AQA surfactants in such mixmres differ by at least 1.5, preferably 2.5- 20, total EO units. Ratio ranges (wt.) for such mixmres are typically 10:1-1:10. Non- limiting examples of such mixmres are as follows.
  • Mixmres of the bis-AQA surfactants herein with die conesponding cationic surfactants which contain only a single ethoxylated chain can also be used.
  • mixmres of ethoxylated cationic surfactants of the formula RlN+CH3[EO] x [EO]yX" and R1N + (CH3)2[EO] Z X" wherein R ⁇ and X are as disclosed above and wherein one of die cationics has (x+y) or z in die range 1-5 preferably 1-2 and die odier has (x+y) or z in the range 3-100, preferably 10-20, most preferably 14-16, can be used herein.
  • Such compositions advantageously provide improved detergency performance (especially in a fabric laundering context) over a broader range of water hardness dian do die cationic surfactants herein used individually. It has now been discovered diat shorter EO cationics (e.g., EO2) improve the cleaning performance of anionic surfactants in soft water, whereas higher EO cationics (e.g., EO15) act to improve hardness tolerance of anionic surfactants, thereby improving the cleaning performance of anionic surfactants in hard water. Conventional wisdom in the detergency art suggests that builders can optimize the performance "window" of anionic surfactants. Until now, however, broadening die window to encompass essentially all conditions of water hardness has been impossible to achieve.
  • the laundry detergent compositions prepared using one or more foregoing combinations of ingredients can optionally be built with any non-phosphate or phosphate builders, or mixmres thereof, typically at levels of from 5% to 70%, by weight of finished composition.
  • the primary, substantially linear AS surfactant can be replaced by an equivalent amount of secondary AS or branched-chain AS, oleyl sulfate, and/or mixmres thereof, including mixmres with linear, primary AS as shown above.
  • the "tallow” chain length AS is particularly useful under hot water conditions, up to die boil.
  • "Coconut” AS is prefened for cooler wash temperatures.
  • the mixtures of alkyl sulfate/anionic surfactants noted above are modified by incorporating a nonionic non-AQA surfactant therein at a weight ratio of anionic (total) to nonionic in the range of 25:1 to 1:5.
  • the nonionic surfactant can comprise any of the conventional classes of edioxylated alcohols or alkyl phenols, alkylpolyglycosides or polyhydroxy fatty acid amides (less prefened if LAS is present), or mixmres thereof, such as those disclosed hereinabove.
  • the mixmres of AS/AES noted above can be modified by incorporating LAS therein at a weight ratio of AS/AES (total) to LAS in the range from 1:10 to 10:1.
  • mixmres of AS/AES or their resulting AS/AES/LAS mixmres can also be combined widi nonionic surfactants as noted for Mixmres A-C at weight ratios of anionic (total) to nonionic in the range of 25:1 to 1:5.
  • any of the foregoing mixtures can be modified by the incorporation therein of an amine oxide surfactant, wherein the amine oxide comprises from 1 % to 50% of the total surfactant mixmre.
  • Highly preferred combinations of the foregoing non-AQA surfactants will comprise from 3% to 60%, by weight, of die total finished laundry detergent composition.
  • the finished compositions will preferably comprise from 0.25% to 3.5%, by weight, of the bis-AQA surfactant.
  • Example X This Example illustrates perfume formulations (A-C) made in accordance widi die invention for incorporation into any of the foregoing Examples of bis-AQA-containing detergent compositions.
  • the various ingredients and levels are set forth below.
  • perfume compositions are admixed or sprayed-onto (typically at levels up to about 2% by weight of the total detergent composition) any of the bis-AQA surfactant-containing cleaning (including bleaching) compositions disclosed herein.

Abstract

A detergent composition comprising a non-AQA surfactant, bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) cationic surfactant, and a percarbonate bleach.

Description

DETERGENT COMPOSITION
Technical Field
The present invention relates to a detergent composition comprising percarbonate bleach, a non-AQA surfactant and a bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) cationic surfactant.
Background to the Invention
The formulation of laundry detergents and other cleaning compositions presents a considerable challenge, since modern compositions are required to remove a variety of soils and stains from diverse substrates. Thus, laundry detergents, hard surface cleaners, shampoos and other personal cleansing compositions, hand dishwashing detergents and detergent compositions suitable for use in automatic dishwashers, all require the proper selection and combination of ingredients in order to function effectively. In general, such detergent compositions will contain one or more types of surfactants which are designed to loosen and remove different types of soils and stains. While a review of the literature would seem to indicate that a wide selection of surfactants and surfactant combinations are available to the detergent manufacturer, the reality is that many such ingredients are speciality chemicals which are not suitable in low unit cost items such as home-use laundry detergents. The fact remains that most such home-use products such as laundry detergents still mainly comprise one or more of the conventional ethoxylated nonionic and/or sulfated or sulfonated anionic surfactants, presumably due to economic considerations and the need to formulate compositions which function reasonably well with a variety of soils and stains and a variety of fabrics.
The quick and efficient removal of different types of soils and stains such as body soils, greasy/oily soils and certain food stains, can be problematic. Such soils comprise a mixture of hydrophobic triglycerides, lipids, complex polysaccharides, inorganic salts and proteinaceous matter and are thus notoriously difficult to remove. Low levels of hydrophobic soils and residual stains often remain on the surface of the fabric after washing. Successive washing and wearing coupled with limited hydrophobic soil removal in the wash culminates in a build up of residual soil and stain which further entraps paniculate dirt leading to fabric yellowing. Eventually the fabric takes on a dingy appearance which is perceived as unwearable and discarded by the consumer.
The literature suggests that various nitrogen-containing cationic surfactants would be useful in a variety of cleaning compositions. Such materials, typically in the form of amino-, amido-, or quaternary ammonium or imidazolinium compounds, are often designed for speciality use. For example, various amino and quaternary ammonium surfactants have been suggested for use in shampoo compositions and are said to provide cosmetic benefits to hair. Other nitrogen-containing surfactants are used in some laundry detergents to provide a fabric softening and anti-static benefit. For the most part, however, the commercial use of such materials has been limited by the difficulty encountered in the large scale manufacture of such compounds. An additional limitation has been the potential precipitation of anionic active components of the detergent composition occasioned by their ionic interaction with cationic surfactants. The aforementioned nonionic and anionic surfactants remain the major surfactant components in today's laundry compositions.
It has now been discovered that certain bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) compounds can be used in various detergent compositions to boost detergency performance on a variety of soil and stain types, particularly the hydrophobic soil types, commonly encountered. Unexpectedly, it has now been discovered that compositions containing bis- AQA surfactants and percarbonate bleach deliver superior cleaning and whiteness performance versus products containing either technology alone.
The bis-AQA surfactants of the present invention provide substantial benefits to the formulator, over cationic surfactants previously known. For example, the bis-AQA surfactants used herein provide marked improvement in cleaning of "everyday" greasy/oily hydrophobic soils regularly encountered. Moreover, the bis-AQA surfactants are compatible with anionic surfactants commonly used in detergent compositions such as alkyl sulfate and alkyl benzene sulfonate; incompatibility with anionic components of the detergent composition has commonly been one of the limiting factor in the use of cationic surfactants previously known. Low levels (as low as 3 ppm in the laundering liquor) of bis-AQA surfactants gives rise to the benefits described herein. Bis-AQA surfactants can be formulated over a broad pH range from 5 to 12. The bis-AQA surfactants can be prepared as 30% (wt.) solutions which are pumpable, and therefore easy to handle in a manufacturing plant. Bis-AQA surfactants with degrees of ethoxylation above 5 are sometimes present in a liquid form and can therefore be provided as 100% neat materials. In addition to their beneficial handling properties, the availability of bis-AQA surfactants as highly concentrated solutions provides a substantial economic advantage in transportation costs. The bis-AQA surfactants are also compatible with various perfume ingredients, unlike some cationic surfactants known in the art.
Percarbonate, which delivers peroxide bleach into the wash, is a cornerstone technology of modern, ultra-compact granular laundry detergent formulas. Peroxide bleach is hydrophilic and, while it cannot match the bleaching effectiveness delivered by peracids (formed for example from peroxide interaction with TAED), it is effective at decolouration of pigments (e.g. in paniculate or beverage stains) and also can help remove the colour from the organic residues associated with body soils.
It is believed that the greasy /oily soils are effectively solubilized by bis-AQA, thereby allowing access of the hydrophilic peroxide bleach to the colour bodies in the soil (e.g. entrapped pigments) resulting in improved soil decolouration. The present invention thus provides a detergent composition which delivers superior cleaning in such much as the composition provides marked cleaning effectiveness against both hydrophobic greasy /oily and hydrophillic coloured soils.
BACKGROUND ART
U.S. Patent 5,441,541, issued August 15, 1995, to A. Mehreteab and F. J. Loprest, relates to anionic/cationic surfactant mixtures. U.K. 2,040,990, issued 3 Sept., 1980, to A. P. Murphy, R.J.M. Smith and M. P. Brooks, relates to ethoxylated cationics in laundry detergents.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention provides a composition comprising or prepared by combining a percarbonate bleach, a non-AQA surfactant and an effective amount of a bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (bis-AQA) cationic surfactant of the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein R1 is a linear, branched or substituted Cg-Cjg alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, ether or glycirj/hether moiety, R2 is a C1-C3 alkyl moiety, R3 and R4 can vary independently and are selected from hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, X is an anion, and A and A' can vary independently and are each C1-C4 alkoxy, p and q can vary independantly and are integers of from 1 to 30.
Detailed Description of the Invention
Percarbonate Bleach
The first essential component of the present invention is a percarbonate bleach. Alkali metal or alkali earth metal percarbonates, particularly sodium percarbonate are preferred percarbonates for inclusion in compositions in accordance with this invention. Sodium percarbonate is an addition compound having a formula corresponding to 2Na2CO3.3H2O2, and is available commercially as a crystalline solid. Commercial suppliers include Solvay, FMC, Tokai Denka and others.
A preferred percarbonate bleach comprises dry particles having an average particle size in the range from 0.5 mm to 1 mm, not more than 10% by weight of said particles being smaller than 0.2 mm and not more thanl0% by weight of said particles being larger than 1.250 mm.
Percarbonate can be present at levels of between 1 % and 50% , preferably between 1 % and 30%, most preferably between 5% and 20% by weight of detergent composition.
The percarbonate is most preferably incorporated into such compositions in a coated form which provides in-product stability.
A suitable coating material providing in product stability comprises mixed salt of a water soluble alkali metal sulphate and carbonate. Such coatings together with coating processes have previously been described in GB-1, 466,799, granted to Interox on 9th March 1977. The weight ratio of the mixed salt coating material to percarbonate lies in the range from 1 : 200 to 1 : 4, more preferably from 1 : 99 to 1 : 9, and most preferably from 1 : 49 to 1 : 19. Preferably, the mixed salt is of sodium sulphate and sodium carbonate which has the general formula Na2SO4.n.Na2CO3 wherein n is from 0.1 to 3, preferably n is from 0.3 to 1.0 and most preferably n is from 0.2 to 0.5.
Other coatings which contain silicate (alone or with borate salts or boric acids or other inorganics), waxes, oils, fatty soaps can also be used advantageously within the present invention
Bis-Alkoxylated Quaternary Ammonium (bis-AQA) Cationic Surfactant
The second essential component of the present invention comprises an effective amount of a bis-AQA surfactant of the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein Rl is a linear, branched or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, ether, glycityl ether moiety containing from 8 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 8 to 16 carbon atoms, most preferably from 8 tol4 carbon atoms; R2 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably methyl; R3 and R4 can vary independently and are selected from the group consisiting of hydrogen (preferred), methyl and ethyl; X" is an anion such as chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, sulfate, sufficient to provide electrical neutrality. A and A' can vary independently and are each selected from C1-C4 alkoxy, especially ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and mixtures thereof; p is from 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 8, even more preferably 1 to 4 and q is from 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 8, even more preferably 1 to 4. Most preferably both p and q are 1.
Bis-AQA compounds wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent Rl is Cg-Ci2> especially Cg- C10, enhance the rate of dissolution of laundry granules, especially under cold water conditions, as compared with the higher chain length materials. Accordingly, the Cg-Cj2 bis- AQA surfactants may be preferred by some formulators. The levels of the bis-AQA surfactants used to prepare finished laundry detergent compositions can range from 0.1 % to 5%, typically from 0.45% to 2.5%, by weight. The weight ratio of bis-AQA to percarbonate bleach is in the range of from 1:100 to 5:1, preferably from 1:60 to 2:1 , most preferably from 1: 20 to 1:1.
The present invention employs an "effective amount" of the bis-AQA surfactants to improve the performance of cleaning compositions which contain other optional ingredients. By an "effective amount" of the bis-AQA surfactants herein is meant an amount which is sufficient to improve, either directionally or significantly at the 90% confidence level, the performance of the cleaning composition against at least some of the target soils and stains. Thus, in a composition whose targets include certain food stains, the formulator will use sufficient bis-AQA to at least directionally improve cleaning performance against such stains. Likewise, in a composition whose targets include clay soil, the formulator will use sufficient bis-AQA to at least directionally improve cleaning performance against such soil.
The bis-AQA surfactants may be used in combination with other detersive surfactants at levels which are effective for achieving at least a directional improvement in cleaning performance. In the context of a fabric laundry composition, such "usage levels" can vary depending not only on the type and severity of the soils and stains, but also on the wash water temperature, the volume of wash water and the type of washing machine.
For example, in a top-loading, vertical axis U.S. -type automatic washing machine using 45 to 83 liters of water in the wash bath, a wash cycle of 10 to 14 minutes and a wash water temperature of 10°C to 50°C, it is preferred to include from 2 ppm to 50 ppm, preferably from 5 ppm to 25 ppm, of the bis-AQA surfactant in the wash liquor. On the basis of usage rates of from 50 ml to 150 ml per wash load, this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.1% to 3.2%, preferably 0.3% to 1.5 % , for a heavy-duty liquid laundry detergent. On the basis of usage rates of from 60 g to 95 g per wash load, for dense ("compact") granular laundry detergents (density above 650 g/l) this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.2% to 5.0%, preferably from 0.5% to 2.5% . On the basis of usage rates of from 80 g to 100 g per load for spray-dried granules (i.e., "fluffy"; density below 650 g/l), this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.1 % to 3.5%, preferably from 0.3% to 1.5%.
For example, in a front-loading, horizontal-axis European-type automatic washing machine using 8 to 15 liters of water in the wash bath, a wash cycle of 10 to 60 minutes and a wash water temperature of 30°C to 95°C, it is preferred to include from 13 ppm to 900 ppm, preferably from 16 ppm to 390 ppm, of the bis-AQA surfactant in the wash liquor. On the basis of usage rates of from 45 ml to 270 ml per wash load, this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.4% to 2.64%, preferably 0.55 % to 1.1%, for a heavy-duty liquid laundry detergent. On the basis of usage rates of from 40 g to 210 g per wash load, for dense ("compact") granular laundry detergents (density above 650 g/l) this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.5 % to 3.5 % , preferably from 0.7 % to 1.5 % . On the basis of usage rates of from 140 g to 400 g per load for spray-dried granules (i.e., "fluffy"; density below 650 g/l), this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis- AQA surfactant of from 0.13% to 1.8%, preferably from 0.18% to 0.76%.
For example, in a top-loading, vertical-axis Japanese-type automatic washing machine using 26 to 52 liters of water in the wash bath, a wash cycle of 8 to 15 minutes and a wash water temperamre of 5°C to 25 °C, it is preferred to include from 1.67 ppm to 66.67 ppm, preferably from 3 ppm to 6 ppm, of the bis-AQA surfactant in the wash liquor. On the basis of usage rates of from 20 ml to 30 ml per wash load, this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.25% to 10%, preferably 1.5% to 2%, for a heavy-duty liquid laundry detergent. On the basis of usage rates of from 18 g to 35 g per wash load, for dense ("compact") granular laundry detergents (density above 650 g/l) this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.25% to 10%, preferably from 0.5% tol.0% . On the basis of usage rates of from 30 g to 40 g per load for spray-dried granules (i.e., "fluffy"; density below 650 g/l), this translates into an in-product concentration (wt.) of the bis-AQA surfactant of from 0.25% tol0%, preferably from 0.5 % to 1 % .
As can be seen from the foregoing, the amount of bis-AQA surfactant used in a machine- wash laundering context can vary, depending on the habits and practices of the user, the type of washing machine. In this context, however, one heretofore unappreciated advantage of the bis-AQA surfactants is their ability to provide at least directional improvements in performance over a spectrum of soils and stains even when used at relatively low levels with respect to the other surfactants (generally anionics or anionic/nonionic mixtures) in the finished compositions. This is to be distinguished from other compositions of the art wherein various cationic surfactants are used with anionic surfactants at or near stoichiometric levels. In general, in the practice of this invention, the weight ratio of bis-AQA: anionic surfactant in laundry compositions is in the range from 1:70 to 1:2, preferably from 1:40 to 1:6, preferably from 1:30 to 1:6, most preferably from 1 :15 to 1 :8. In laundry compositions which comprise both anionic and nonionic surfactants, the weight ratio of bis-AQA:mixed anionic/nonionic is in the range from 1:80 to 1:2, preferably 1:50 to 1:8.
Various other cleaning compositions which comprise an anionic surfactant, an optional nonionic surfactant and specialized surfactants such as betaines, sultaines, amine oxides can also be formulated using an effective amount of the bis-AQA surfactants in the manner of this invention. Such compositions include, but are not limited to, hand dishwashing products (especially liquids or gels), hard surface cleaners, shampoos, personal cleansing bars, laundry bars, and the like. Since the habits and practices of the users of such compositions show minimal variation, it is satisfactory to include from about 0.25% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.45% to about 2% , by weight, of the bis-AQA surfactants in such compositions. Again, as in the case of the granular and liquid laundry compositions, the weight ratio of the bis-AQA surfactant to other surfactants present in such compositions is low, i.e., sub-stoichiometric in the case of anionics. Preferably, such cleaning compositions comprise bis-AQA/surfactant ratios as noted immediately above for machine-use laundry compositions.
In contrast with other cationic surfactants known in the art, the bis-alkoxylated cationics herein have sufficient solubility that they can be used in combination with mixed surfactant systems which are quite low in nonionic surfactants and which contain, for example, alkyl sulfate surfactants. This can be an important consideration for formulators of detergent compositions of the type which are conventionally designed for use in top loading automatic washing machines, especially of the type used in North America, as well as under Japanese usage conditions. Typically, such compositions will comprise an anionic surfactant.nonionic surfactant weight ratio in the range from about 25:1 to about 1:25, preferably about 20:1 to about 3: 1. This can be contrasted with European-type formulas which typically will comprise anionic: nonionic ratios in the range of about 10: 1 to 1: 10, preferably about 5: 1 to about 1:1.
The preferred ethoxylated cationic surfactants herein are available under the trade name ETHOQUAD from Akzo Nobel Chemicals Company. Alternatively, such materials can be synthesized using a variety of different reaction schemes (wherein "EO" represents -CH2CH2O- units), as follows.
SCHEME 1
R'OH + N H3 H2/Cat/Heat » R1-N:'H 'H
EXCESS
Figure imgf000011_0001
1 HFAT 1 +
R-N — [(EO)nH]2 + CH3C1 "* > Ri-N — [(EO)nH]2
CH3 C1"
SCHEME 2
H* N-[(EO)2H]2 + H H,/Cat » CH3N H^C^H *£££ N-[(EO)2H]2
^3\ HFΛT 1 +
R!Br + N-[(EO)2H]2 HbA 1 » R-N-[(EO)2H]2
CH3 Br*
SCHEME 3
Figure imgf000012_0001
Ch-3^ I IΓ Δ T I +
R'Br + N— [(EO)2H]2 HtA l » R-N-[(EO)2H]2
CH3 Br"
SCHEME 4
Cl-CH2CH2-OH + nA Sbq? CAT» CI— CH2CH2O[EO]n-H
tEOlnHb
Figure imgf000012_0002
An economical reaction scheme is as follows.
SCHEME 5
R— OSO3 "Na+ + H-N— [(EO)H]2 HEAT > R-N— [(EO)H]2
0 BASE CAT.
RΪ-N— [(EOJHfc + 2 nZΛ HEA^T * R-N-[(EO)(EO)nH]2
R-N— [(EO)(EO)nH]2 + CH3C1 +> R-N— [(EO)(EO)nH]2
CH3 cr
The following parameters summarize the optional and preferred reaction conditions of Scheme 5. Step 1 of the reaction is preferably conducted in an aqueous medium. Reaction temperatures are typically in the range of 140-200°C. Reaction pressures are 50-1000 psig. A base catalyst, preferably sodium hydroxide can be used. The mole ratio of reactants are 2: 1 to 1 : 1 amine to alkyl sulfate. The reaction is preferably conducted using Cg-Cj4 alkyl sulfate, sodium salt. The ethoxylation and quaternization steps are canied out using conventional conditions and reactants.
Under some circumstances reaction Scheme 5 results in products which are sufficiently soluble in the aqueous reaction medium that gels may form. While the desired product can be recovered from the gel, an alternate, two-step synthesis Scheme 6, hereinafter, may be more desirable in some commercial circumstances. The first step in Scheme 6 is conducted as in Scheme 5. The second step (ethoxylation) is preferably conducted using ethylene oxide and an acid such as HCl which provides the quaternary surfactant. As shown below, chlorohydrin i.e., chloroethanol, can also be reacted to give the desired bishydroxyethyl derivative.
For reaction Scheme 6, the following parameters summarize the optional and prefened reaction conditions for the first step. The first step is preferably conducted in an aqueous medium. Reaction temperatures are typically in the range of 100-230°C. Reaction pressures are 50-1000 psig. A base, preferably sodium hydroxide, can be used to react with the HSO4-generated during the reaction, or an excess of the amine can be employed to also react with the acid. The mole ratio of amine to alkyl sulfate is typically from 10: 1 to 1:1.5; preferably from 5:1 to 1:1.1; more preferably from 2 : 1 to 1 : 1. In the product recovery step, the desired substituted amine is simply allowed to separate as a distinct phase from the aqueous reaction medium in which it is insoluble. The second step of the process is conducted under conventional reaction conditions. Further ethoxylation and quaternization to provide bis-AQA surfactants are conducted under standard reaction conditions.
Scheme 7 can optionally be conducted using ethylene oxide under standard ethoxylation conditions, but without catalyst, to achieve monoethoxy lation.
The following illustrates these additional reaction schemes, wherein "EO" represents the -CH2CH2O- unit. In the reactions, either an inorganic base, an organic base or excess amine reactant is used to neutralize generated HSO4. Scheme 6
H
H.
R— OSO3 'Na+ + ^N-CH2CH2-OH •* R— , N I -CH2CH2-OH
H
H
,CH2CH2OH
R— NCH2CH2OH + dCH2CH2OH -^ R'N
CH2CH2OH
Scheme 7 H /°\ ^CHsC^OH
.1
R— N-CH2 1CH2 *OH x Nτo n Ca ttal .yst » R-N ^c_ u
JbUfjH
The following further illustrates several of the above reactions solely for the convenience of the formulator, but is not intended to be limiting thereof.
Synthesis A
Preparation of N.N-Bis(2-hydroxyethyl)dodecylamine
To a glass autoclave liner is added 19.96 g of sodium dodecyl sulfate (0.06921 moles), 14.55 g of diethanolamine (0.1384 moles), 7.6 g of 50 wt. % sodium hydroxide solution (0.095 moles) and 72 g of distilled H2O. The glass liner is sealed into a 500 ml, stainless steel, rocking autoclave and heated to 160-180°C under 300-400 psig nitrogen for 3-4 hours. The mixmre is cooled to room temperamre and the liquid contents of the glass liner are poured into a 250 ml separatory funnel along with 80 ml of chloroform. The funnel is shaken well for a few minutes and then the mixmre is allowed to separate. The lower chloroform layer is drained and the chloroform evaporated off to obtain product.
Synthesis B
Preparation of N.N-Bis(2-hydroxyethyl)dodecylamine
1 Mole of sodium dodecyl sulfate is reacted with 1 mole of ethanolamine in the presence of base in the manner described in Synthesis A. The resulting 2-hydroxyethyldodecylamine is recovered and reacted with 1-chloroethanol to prepare the title compound.
Synthesis C
Preparation of N.N-Bis(2-hvdroxyethyl)dodecylamine To a glass autoclave liner is added 19.96 g of sodium dodecyl sulfate (0.06921 moles), 21.37g of ethanolamine (0.3460 moles), 7.6 g of 50 wt. % sodium hydroxide solution (0.095 moles) and 72 g of distilled H2O. The glass liner is sealed into a 500 ml, stainless steel, rocking autoclave and heated to 160-180°C under 300-400 psig nitrogen for 3-4 hours. The mixmre is cooled to room temperamre and the liquid contents of the glass liner are poured into a 250 ml separatory funnel along with 80 ml of chloroform. The funnel is shaken well for a few minutes and then allowed mixmre to separate. The lower chloroform layer is drained and the chloroform is evaporated off to obtain product. The product is then reacted with 1 molar equivalent of ethylene oxide in the absence of base catalyst at 120-130°C to produce the desired final product.
The bis-substituted amines prepared in the foregoing Syntheses can be further ethoxylated in standard fashion. Quaternization with an alkyl halide to form the bis-AQA surfactants herein is routine.
According to the foregoing, the following are nonlimiting, specific illustrations of bis-AQA surfactants used herein. It is to be understood that the degree of alkoxylation noted herein for the bis-AQA surfactants is reported as an average, following common practice for conventional ethoxylated nonionic surfactants. This is because the ethoxylation reactions typically yield mixmres of materials with differing degrees of ethoxylation. Thus, it is not uncommon to report total EO values other than as whole numbers, e.g., "EO2.5", "EO3.5".
Designation E1 E2 ApR3 A'qR* bis-AQA-1 C12-C14 CH3 EO EO
(also refened to as
Coco Methyl EO2) bis-AQA-2 C12-C16 CH3 (EO)2 EO
bis-AQA-3 C12-C14 CH3 (EO)2 (EO)2
(Coco Methyl EO4) bis-AQA-4 C12 CH3 EO EO
bis-AQA-5 C12-C14 CH3 (EO)2 (EO)3 bis-AQA-6 C12-Ci4 CH3 (EO)2 (EO)3
bis-AQA-7 Cg-Cig CH3 (EO)3 (EO)2
bis-AQA-8 c12"Cl4 CH3 (EO)4 (EO)4
bis-AQA-9 C12-C14 C2H5 (EO)3 (EO)3
bis-AQA-10 C12-C18 C3H7 (EO)3 (EO)4
bis-AQA-11 C12-C18 CH3 (propoxy) (EO)3
bis-AQA-12 C10-Cl8 C2H5 (iso-propoxy)2 (EO)3
bis-AQA-13 Cl0-Cl8 CH3 (EO/PO)2 (EO)3
bis-AQA-14 c8"c18 CH3 (EO)i5* (EO)15
bis-AQA-15 C10 CH3 EO EO
bis-AQA-16 C8-C12 CH3 EO EO
bis-AQA-17 C9-CH CH3 - EO 3.5 Avg. -
bis-AQA-18 Cl2 CH3 - EO 3.5 Avg. -
bis-AQA-19 C8-C14 CH3 (EO)10 (EO)ιo
bis-AQA-20 ClO C2H5 (EO)2 (EO)3
bis-AQA-21 C12-C14 C2H5 (EO)5 (EO)3
bis-AQA-22 c12"c18 C3H7 Bu (EO)2 "Ethoxy, optionally end-capped with methyl or ethyl.
Highly preferred bis-AQA compounds for use herein are of the formula;
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein R* is Cg-Cjg hydrocarbyl and mixmres thereof, preferably Cg, Cio. Ci2» C14 alkyl and mixmres thereof. X is any convenient anion to provide charge balance, preferably chloride. With reference to die general bis-AQA strucmre noted above, since in a prefened compound R^ is derived from coconut (C12-C14 alkyl) fraction fatty acids, R2 is methyl and ApR3 and A'qR4 are each monoethoxy, this prefened type of compound is refened to herein as "CocoMeEO2" or "bis-AQA-1 " in the above list.
Other bis-AQA surfactants useful herein include compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000017_0002
wherein R^ is Cg-Cχg hydrocarbyl, preferably Cg-Ci4 alkyl, independently p is 1 to 3 and q is 1 to 3, R2 is C1-C3 alkyl, preferably methyl, and X is an anion, especially chloride or bromide.
Other compounds of the foregoing type include those wherein the ethoxy (CH2CH2O) units (EO) are replaced by butoxy (Bu) isopropoxy [CH(CH3)CH2θ] and [CH2CH(CH3θ] units (i-Pr) or n-propoxy units (Pr), or mixtures of EO and/or Pr and/or i-Pr units.
A highly preferred bis-AQA compound for use in under built formulations are of the formula wherein p and/or q are integers in the range of between 10 and 15. This compound is particularly useful in laundry handwash detergent compositions.
Non-AQA Detersive Surfactants In addition to the bis-AQA surfactant, the compositions of the present invention preferably further comprise a non-AQA surfactant. Non-AQA surfactants may include essentially any anionic, nonionic or additional cationic surfactant.
Anionic Surfactant
Nonlimiting examples of anionic surfactants useful herein typically at levels from 1 % to 55%, by weight, include the conventional Cn-Cjg alkyl benzene sulfonates ("LAS") and primary ("AS"), branched-chain and random C10-C20 alkyl sulfates, the Cio-Cjg secondary (2,3) alkyl sulfates of the formula CH3(CH2)χ(CHOSθ3~M+) CH3 and CH3 (CH2)y(CHOSθ3"M+) CH2CH3 where x and (y + 1) are integers of at least 7, preferably at least 9, and M is a water-solubilizing cation, especially sodium, unsaturated sulfates such as oleyl sulfate, the C^-Cjg alpha-sulfonated fatty acid esters, the CjQ-Cig sulfated polyglycosides, the Cio-Cjg alkyl alkoxy sulfates ("AEXS"; especially EO 1-7 ethoxy sulfates), and the C^Q-Cig alkyl alkoxy carboxylates (especially me EO 1-5 ethoxycarboxylates). The C^-Cig betaines and sulfobetaines ("sultaines"), Cjo-Cig amine oxides, can also be included in the overall compositions. C10-C20 conventional soaps may also be used. If high sudsing is desired, the branched-chain CIQ-C\^ soaps may be used. Other conventional useful surfactants are listed in standard texts.
Nonionic Surfactants
Nonlimiting examples of nonionic surfactants useful herein typically at levels from 1 % to 55%, by weight include the alkoxylated alcohols (AE's) and alkyl phenols, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides (PFAA's), alkyl polyglycosides (APG's), Cjø-Cig giycerol ethers.
More specifically, the condensation products of primary and secondary aliphatic alcohols with from 1 to 25 moles of ethylene oxide (AE) are suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant in the present invention. The alkyl chain of the aliphatic alcohol can either be straight or branched, primary or secondary, and generally contains from 8 to 22 carbon atoms. Prefened are the condensation products of alcohols having an alkyl group containing from 8 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably from 10 to 18 carbon atoms, with from 1 to 10 moles, preferably 2 to 7, most preferably 2 to 5, of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol. Examples of commercially available nonionic surfactants of this type include: TergitolTM 15-S-9 (the condensation product of C\ 1-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide) and Tergitol^M 24-L-6 NMW (the condensation product of Q2-C14 primary alcohol with 6 moles ethylene oxide with a narrow molecular weight distribution), both marketed by Union Carbide Corporation; Neodol^M 45.9 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 23.3 (the condensation product of C12-C13 linear alcohol with 3 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 45.7 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide) and NeodolTM 45.5 (the condensation product of Ci4-Ci5 linear alcohol with 5 moles of ethylene oxide) marketed by Shell Chemical Company; Kyro^M pχ)B (the condensation product of C13-C15 alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide), marketed by The Procter & Gamble Company; and Genapol LA O3O or O5O (the condensation product of Cl2'Cl4 alcohol with 3 or 5 moles of ethylene oxide) marketed by Hoechst. The preferred range of HLB in these AE nonionic surfactants is from 8-11 and most prefened from 8-10. Condensates with propylene oxide and butylene oxides may also be used.
Another class of prefened nonionic surfactants for use herein are the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants of the formula.
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein R* is H, or Cj^. hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl or a mixmre thereof, R2 is C5.31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof. Preferably, R* is mediyl, R2 is a straight Cu_i5 alkyl or Ci5_i7 alkyl or alkenyl chain such as coconut alkyl or mixmres thereof, and Z is derived from a reducing sugar such as glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, in a reductive amination reaction. Typical examples include the Cj2-Cιg and C12-C14 N-methylglucamides. See U.S. 5,194,639 and 5,298,636. N-alkoxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can also be used; see U.S. 5,489,393.
Also useful as the nonionic surfactant in the present invention are the alkylpolysaccharides such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,565,647, Llenado, issued January 21, 1986, having a hydrophobic group containing from 6 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably from 10 to 16 carbon atoms, and a polysaccharide, e.g. a polyglycoside, hydrophilic group containing from 1.3 to 10, preferably from 1.3 to 3, most preferably from 1.3 to 2.7 saccharide units. Any reducing saccharide containing 5 or 6 carbon atoms can be used, e.g., glucose, galactose and galactosyl moieties can be substimted for the glucosyl moieties (optionally the hydrophobic group is attached at the 2-, 3-, 4-, etc. positions thus giving a glucose or galactose as opposed to a glucoside or galactoside). The intersaccharide bonds can be, e.g. , between the one position of the additional saccharide units and the 2-, 3-, 4-, and/or 6- positions on the preceding saccharide units.
The preferred alky .polyglycosides have the formula:
R2θ(CnH2nO)t(glycosyl)x
wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylphenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixmres thereof in which the alkyl groups contain from 10 to 18, preferably from 12 to 14, carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably 2; t is from 0 to 10, preferably 0; and x is from 1.3 to 10, preferably from 1.3 to 3, most preferably from 1.3 to 2.7. The glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose. To prepare these compounds, the alcohol or alkylpolyethoxy alcohol is formed first and then reacted with glucose, or a source of glucose, to form the glucoside (attachment at the 1-position). The additional glycosyl units can then be attached between their 1-position and the preceding glycosyl units 2-, 3-, 4- and/or 6-position, preferably predominately the 2-position.
Polyethylene, polypropylene, and polybutylene oxide condensates of alkyl phenols are also suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant of the surfactant systems of the present invention, with the polyethylene oxide condensates being prefened. These compounds include the condensation products of alkyl phenols having an alkyl group containing from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably from 8 to 14 carbon atoms, in either a straight-chain or branched-chain configuration with the alkylene oxide. In a preferred embodiment, the ethylene oxide is present in an amount equal to from 2 to 25 moles, more preferably from 3 tol5 moles, of ethylene oxide per mole of alkyl phenol. Commercially available nonionic surfactants of this type include Igepal™ CO-630, marketed by the GAF Corporation; and Triton™ X-45, X-114, X-100 and X-102, all marketed by the Rohm & Haas Company. These surfactants are commonly refened to as alkylphenol alkoxylates (e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxy lates). The condensation products of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol are also suitable for use as the additional nonionic surfactant in the present invention. The hydrophobic portion of these compounds will preferably have a molecular weight of from 1500 to 1800 and will exhibit water insolubility. The addition of polyoxyethylene moieties to this hydrophobic portion tends to increase the water solubility of the molecule as a whole, and the liquid character of the product is retained up to the point where the polyoxyethylene content is 50% of the total weight of the condensation product, which conesponds to condensation with up to 40 moles of ethylene oxide. Examples of compounds of this type include certain of the commercially-available PluronicTM surfactants, marketed by BASF.
Also suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant of the nonionic surfactant system of the present invention, are the condensation products of ethylene oxide with the product resulting from the reaction of propylene oxide and ethylenediamine. The hydrophobic moiety of these products consists of the reaction product of ethylenediamine and excess propylene oxide, and generally has a molecular weight of from 2500 to 3000. This hydrophobic moiety is condensed widi ethylene oxide to the extent mat the condensation product contains from 40% to 80% by weight of polyoxyethylene and has a molecular weight of from 5,000 to 11,000. Examples of this type of nonionic surfactant include certain of the commercially available TetronicTM compounds, marketed by BASF.
Additional Cationic surfactants
Suitable cationic surfactants are preferably water dispersible compound having surfactant properties comprising at least one ester (ie -COO-) linkage and at least one cationically charged group.
Other suitable cationic surfactants include the quaternary ammomum surfactants selected from mono Cβ-C\β, preferably C6-CJO N-alkyl or alkenyl ammonium surfactants wherein the remaining N positions are substimted by methyl, hydroxyethyl or hydroxypropyl groups. Other suitable cationic ester surfactants, including choline ester surfactants, have for example been disclosed in US Patents No.s 4228042, 4239660 and 4260529.
Optional Detergent Ingredients The following illustrates various other optional ingredients which may be used in me compositions of this invention, but is not intended to be limiting diereof .
Bleach Activators
Bleach activators are prefened components of the composition of the present invention. Where present, me amount of bleach activators will typically be at a level of from 0.1 % to 60% , more typically from 0.5% to 40% of the bleaching composition comprising the bleaching agent-plus-bleach activator.
The combination of peroxygen bleaching agents, such as percarbonate and bleach activators results in the in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the peroxy acid conesponding to the bleach activator. Various nonlimiting examples of activators are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,915,854, issued April 10, 1990 to Mao et al, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934. The nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS) and tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) activators are typical, and mixmres thereof can also be used. See also U.S. 4,634,551 for other typical bleaches and activators useful herein.
Highly prefened amido-derived bleach activators are those of the formulae:
R1N(R5)C(O)R2C(O)L or RlC(O)N(R5)R2C(O)L
wherein R* is an alkyl group containing from 6 to 12 carbon atoms, R2 is an alkylene containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R$ is H or alkyl, aryl, or alkaryl containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and L is any suitable leaving group. A leaving group is any group that is displaced from the bleach activator as a consequence of the nucleophilic attack on the bleach activator by the perhydrolysis anion. A prefened leaving group is phenyl sulfonate.
Prefened examples of bleach activators of the above formulae include (6-octanamido- caproyl)oxybenzenesulfonate, (6-nonanamidocaproyl)oxybenzenesulfonate, (6-decanamido- caproyl)oxybenzenesulfonate, and mixmres thereof as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, incorporated herein by reference. Another class of bleach activators comprises the benzoxazin-type activators disclosed by Hodge et al in U.S. Patent 4,966,723, issued October 30, 1990, incorporated herein by reference. A highly preferred activator of the benzoxazin-type is:
Figure imgf000023_0001
Still another class of prefened bleach activators includes the acyl lactam activators, especially acyl caprolactams and acyl valerolactams of the formulae:
Figure imgf000023_0002
Figure imgf000023_0003
wherein R*> is H or an alkyl, aryl, alkoxyaryl, or alkaryl group containing from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Highly prefened lactam activators include benzoyl caprolactam, octanoyl caprolactam, 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl caprolactam, nonanoyl caprolactam, decanoyl caprolactam, undecenoyl caprolactam, benzoyl valerolactam, octanoyl valerolactam, decanoyl valerolactam, undecenoyl valerolactam, nonanoyl valerolactam, 3,5,5- trimethylhexanoyl valerolactam and mixmres thereof. See also U.S. Patent 4,545,784, issued to Sanderson, October 8, 1985, incorporated herein by reference, which discloses acyl caprolactams, including benzoyl caprolactam, adsorbed into sodium perborate.
Bleach Catalyst Bleach catalysts are prefened components of the compositions of the present invention. If desired, the bleaching compounds can be catalyzed by means of a manganese compound. Such compounds are well known in the art and include, for example, the manganese-based catalysts disclosed in U.S. Pat. 5,246,621 , U.S. Pat. 5,244,594; U.S. Pat. 5,194,416; U.S. Pat. 5,114,606; and European Pat. App. Pub. Nos. 549,271 Al, 549,272A1, 544,440A2, and 544,490A1 ; Prefened examples of these catalysts include
Figure imgf000024_0001
trimethyl-1 ,4,7-triazacyclononane)2(PF6)2, Mnιπ2(u-O)j(u-OAc)2(l ,4,7-trimethyl-l ,4,7- triazacyclononane)2-(Clθ4)2, MnIV4(u-O)6(l ,4,7-triazacyclononane)4(Clθ4)4, Mn111- MnrV4(u-O)ι (u-OAc)2_(l ,4,7-trimethyl-l ,4,7-triazacyclononane)2(CIO4)3 , Mnrv(l ,4,7- trimethyl-l,4,7-triazacyclononane)- (OCH3)3(PF6), and mixmres thereof. Other metal- based bleach catalysts include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. 4,430,243 and U.S. Pat. 5 , 114,611. The use of manganese with various complex ligands to enhance bleaching is also reported in the following United States Patents: 4,728,455; 5,284,944; 5,246,612; 5,256,779; 5,280,117; 5,274,147; 5,153,161; and 5,227,084.
As a practical matter, and not by way of limitation, the compositions and processes herein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part per ten million of the active bleach catalyst species in the aqueous washing liquor, and will preferably provide from 0.1 ppm to 700 ppm, more preferably from 1 ppm to 500 ppm, of the catalyst species in the laundry liquor.
Cobalt bleach catalysts useful herein are known, and are described, for example, in M. L.
Tobe, "Base Hydrolysis of Transition-Metal Complexes", Adv. Inorg. Bioinorg. Mech..
(1983), 2, pages 1-94. The most prefened cobalt catalyst useful herein are cobalt pentaamine acetate salts having the formula [Co(NH3)5OAc] Ty, wherein "OAc" represents an acetate moiety and "Ty" is an anion, and especially cobalt pentaamine acetate chloride, [Co(NH3)5OAc]Cl2; as well as [Co(NH3)5OAc](OAc)2;
[Co(NH3)5OAc](PF6)2; [Co(NH3)5OAc](SO4); [Co(NH3)5OAc](BF4)2; and
[Co(NH3)5OAc](NO3)2 (herein "PAC").
These cobalt catalysts are readily prepared by known procedures, such as taught for example in the Tobe article and the references cited therein, in U.S. Patent 4,810,410, to
Diakun et al, issued March 7,1989, J. Chem. Ed. (1989), 66 (12), 1043-45; The Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W.L. Jolly (Prentice-Hall; 1970), pp. 461- 3; Inorg. Chem.. 18, 1497-1502 (1979); Inorg. Chem.. 21, 2881-2885 (1982); Inorg. Chem.. 18, 2023-2025 (1979); Inorg. Synthesis, 173-176 (1960); and Journal of Physical Chemistry. 56, 22-25 (1952).
As a practical matter, and not by way of limitation, the automatic dishwashing compositions and cleaning processes herein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part per hundred million of the active bleach catalyst species in the aqueous washing medium, and will preferably provide from 0.01 ppm to 25 ppm, more preferably from 0.05 ppm to 10 ppm, and most preferably from 0.1 ppm to 5 ppm, of the bleach catalyst species in the wash liquor. In order to obtain such levels in me wash liquor of an automatic dishwashing process, typical automatic dishwashing compositions herein will comprise from 0.0005% to 0.2%, more preferably from 0.004% to 0.08%, of bleach catalyst, especially manganese or cobalt catalysts, by weight of the cleaning compositions.
Additional Bleach
The detergent compositions herein may optionally comprise an additional bleaching agent. When present, such additional bleaching agents will typically be present at levels of from 1% to 30%, more typically from 5% to 20%, of the detergent composition, especially for fabric laundering.
The bleaching agents used herein can be any of the bleaching agents useful for detergent compositions in textile cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or other cleaning purposes that are now known or become known. These include oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaching agents. Perborate bleaches, e.g., sodium perborate (e.g., mono- or tetra-hydrate) can be used herein.
Another category of bleaching agent that can be used without restriction encompasses percarboxylic acid bleaching agents and salts thereof. Suitable examples of this class of agents include magnesium monoperoxyphthalate hexahydrate, the magnesium salt of meta- chloro perbenzoic acid, 4-nonylamino-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid and diperoxydodecanedioic acid. Such bleaching agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent Application 740,446, Burns et al, filed June 3, 1985, European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al, published February 20, 1985, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, Chung et al, issued November 1, 1983. Highly prefened bleaching agents also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns et al.
Peroxygen bleaching agents can also be used. Suitable peroxygen bleaching compounds include sodium pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxyhydrate, and sodium peroxide. Perborate bleach, persulfate bleach (e.g., OXONE, manufactured commercially by DuPontJcan also be used.
Bleaching agents other than oxygen bleaching agents are also known in the art and can be utilized herein. One type of non-oxygen bleaching agent of particular interest includes photoactivated bleaching agents such as the sulfonated zinc and/or aluminum phthalo- cyanines. See U.S. Patent 4,033,718, issued July 5, 1977 to Holcombe et al. If used, detergent compositions will typically contain from 0.025% to 1.25%, by weight, of such bleaches, especially sulfonate zinc phthalocyanine.
Mixmres of bleaching agents can also be used.
Builders
Detergent builders can optionally, but preferably be included in the compositions herein, for example to assist in controlling mineral, especially Ca2 + and/or Mg2+, hardness in wash water or to assist in the removal of paniculate soils from surfaces. Builders can operate via a variety of mechanisms including forming soluble or insoluble complexes with hardness ions, by ion exchange, and by offering a surface more favorable to the precipitation of hardness ions than are the surfaces of articles to be cleaned. Builder level can vary widely depending upon end use and physical form of the composition. Built detergents typically comprise at least 1 % builder. Liquid formulations typically comprise 5% to 50%, more typically 5% to 35% of builder. Granular formulations typically comprise from 10% to 80%, more typically 15% to 50% builder by weight of the detergent composition. Lower or higher levels of builders are not excluded. For example, certain detergent additive or high-surfactant formulations can be unbuilt.
Suitable builders herein can be selected from the group consisting of phosphates and polyphosphates, especially me sodium salts; silicates including water-soluble and hydrous solid types and including those having chain-, layer-, or three-dimensional- strucmre as well as amorphous-solid or non-structured-liquid types; carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate; aluminosilicates; organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxylates including aliphatic and aromatic types; and phytic acid. These may be complemented by borates, e.g., for pH-buffering purposes, or by sulfates, especially sodium sulfate and any other fillers or carriers which may be important to the engineering of stable surfactant and/or builder-containing detergent compositions.
Builder mixmres, sometimes termed "builder systems" can be used and typically comprise two or more conventional builders, optionally complemented by chelants, pH-buffers or fillers, though these latter materials are generally accounted for separately when describing quantities of materials herein. In terms of relative quantities of surfactant and builder in the present detergents, prefened builder systems are typically formulated at a weight ratio of surfactant to builder of from 60: 1 to 1 :80. Certain prefened laundry detergents have said ratio in the range 0.90:1.0 to 4.0: 1.0, more preferably from 0.95: 1.0 to 3.0:1.0.
P-containing detergent builders often prefened where permitted by legislation include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, glassy polymeric meta-phosphates; and phosphonates.
Suitable silicate builders include alkali metal silicates, particularly those liquids and solids having a SiO2:Na2O ratio in die range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1, including, particularly for automatic dishwashing purposes, solid hydrous 2-ratio silicates marketed by PQ Corp. under the tradename BRITESIL*, e.g., BRITESIL H2O; and layered silicates, e.g., those described in U.S. 4,664,839, May 12, 1987, H. P. Rieck. NaSKS-6, sometimes abbreviated "SKS- 6", is a crystalline layered aluminium-free δ-Na2Siθ5 morphology silicate marketed by Hoechst and is prefened especially in granular laundry compositions. See preparative methods in German DE-A-3,417,649 and DE-A-3,742,043. Other layered silicates, such as those having the general formula NaMSixθ2χ + ι yH2θ wherein M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, preferably 2, and y is a number from 0 to 20, preferably 0, can also or alternately be used herein. Layered silicates from Hoechst also include NaSKS-5, NaSKS-7 and NaSKS-11, as the α, β and γ layer-silicate forms. Other silicates may also be useful, such as magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granules, as a stabilising agent for bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
Also suitable for use herein are synthesized crystalline ion exchange materials or hydrates thereof having chain strucmre and a composition represented by the following general formula in an anhydride form: xM2θ ySiθ2.zMO wherein M is Na and/or K, M' is Ca and/or Mg; y/x is 0.5 to 2.0 and z/x is 0.005 to 1.0 as taught in U.S. 5,427,711, Sakaguchi et al, June 27, 1995.
Suitable carbonate builders include alkaline earth and alkali metal carbonates as disclosed in German Patent Application No. 2,321,001 published on November 15, 1973, although sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium sesquicarbonate, and other carbonate minerals such as trona or any convenient multiple salts of sodium carbonate and calcium carbonate such as those having the composition 2Na2CO3.CaCO3 when anhydrous, and even calcium carbonates including calcite, aragonite and vaterite, especially forms having high surface areas relative to compact calcite may be useful, for example as seeds or for use in synthetic detergent bars.
Aluminosilicate builders are especially useful in granular detergents, but can also be incorporated in liquids, pastes or gels. Suitable for the present purposes are those having empirical formula: [Mz(AlO2)z(SiO2)v]*xH2O wherein z and v are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to v is in the range from 1.0 to 0.5, and x is an integer from 15 to 264. Aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous, naturally-occurring or synthetically derived. An aluminosilicate production method is in U.S. 3,985,669, Krummel, et al, October 12, 1976. Prefened synthetic crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange materials are available as Zeolite A, Zeolite P (B), Zeolite X and, to whatever extent this differs from Zeolite P, the so-called Zeolite MAP. Natural types, including clinoptilolite, may be used. Zeolite A has me formula: Nai2[(AlO2)i2(SiO2)i2] xH2O wherein x is from 20 to 30, especially 27. Dehydrated zeolites (x = 0 - 10) may also be used. Preferably, the aluminosilicate has a particle size of 0.1-10 microns in diameter.
Suitable organic detergent builders include polycarboxylate compounds, including water- soluble nonsurfactant dicarboxylates and tricarboxylates. More typically builder polycarboxylates have a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates. Carboxylate builders can be formulated in acid, partially neutral, neutral or overbased form. When in salt form, alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, or alkanolammonium salts are prefened. Polycarboxylate builders include the ether polycarboxylates, such as oxydisuccinate, see Berg, U.S. 3, 128,287, April 7, 1964, and Lamberti et al, U.S. 3,635,830, January 18, 1972; "TMS/TDS" builders of U.S.
4,663,071, Bush et al, May 5, 1987; and other ether carboxylates including cyclic and alicyclic compounds, such as those described in U.S. Patents 3,923,679; 3,835,163; 4,158,635; 4,120,874 and 4,102,903.
Other suitable builders are the ether hydroxypolycarboxylates, copoiymers of maleic anhydride with ethylene or vinyl methyl ether; 1, 3, 5-trihydroxy benzene-2, 4, 6- trisulphomc acid; carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid; the various alkali metal, ammomum and substimted ammomum salts of polyacetic acids such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid and nitrilotriacetic acid; as well as mellitic acid, succinic acid, polymaleic acid, benzene 1 ,3,5- tricarboxylic acid, carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, and soluble salts thereof.
Citrates, e.g., citric acid and soluble salts thereof are important carboxylate builders e.g., for heavy duty liquid detergents, due to availability from renewable resources and biodegradability. Citrates can also be used in granular compositions, especially in combination with zeolite and/or layered silicates. Oxydisuccinates are also especially useful in such compositions and combinations.
Where permitted, and especially in the formulation of bars used for hand-laundering operations, alkali metal phosphates such as sodium tr .polyphosphates, sodium pyrophosphate and sodium orthophosphate can be used. Phosphonate builders such as ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1,1-diphosphonate and other known phosphonates, e.g., those of U.S. 3,159,581; 3,213,030; 3,422,021; 3,400,148 and 3,422,137 can also be used and may have desirable antiscaling properties.
Certain detersive surfactants or their short-chain homologs also have a builder action. For unambiguous formula accounting purposes, when they have surfactant capability, these materials are summed up as detersive surfactants. Prefened types for builder functionality are illustrated by: 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-l,6-hexanedioates and the related compounds disclosed in U.S. 4,566,984, Bush, January 28, 1986. Succinic acid builders include the C5-C20 alkyl and alkenyl succinic acids and salts thereof. Succinate builders also include: laurylsuccinate, myristylsuccinate, palmitylsuccinate, 2-dodecenylsuccinate (prefened), 2- pentadecenylsuccinate. Lauryl-succinates are described in European Patent Application 86200690.5/0,200,263, published November 5, 1986. Fatty acids, e.g., Ci2-Cιg monocarboxylic acids, can also be incorporated into the compositions as surfactant/builder materials alone or in combination with me aforementioned builders, especially citrate and/or the succinate builders, to provide additional builder activity. Other suitable polycarboxylates are disclosed in U.S. 4,144,226, Crutchfield et al, March 13, 1979 and in U.S. 3,308,067, Diehl, March 7, 1967. See also Diehl, U.S. 3,723,322.
Other types of inorganic builder materials which can be used have the formula (Mx)j Cav (CO3)z wherein x and i are integers from 1 to 15, y is an integer from 1 to 10, z is an integer from 2 to 25, Mj are cations, at least one of which is a water-soluble, and the equation ∑j = i-i5(xj multiplied by the valence of Mj) + 2y = 2z is satisfied such diat the formula has a neutral or "balanced" charge. These builders are refened to herein as "Mineral Builders". Waters of hydration or anions other than carbonate may be added provided that the overall charge is balanced or neutral. The charge or valence effects of such anions should be added to the right side of the above equation. Preferably, there is present a water-soluble cation selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, water- soluble metals, hydrogen, boron, ammonium, silicon, and mixmres diereof, more preferably, sodium, potassium, hydrogen, lithium, ammonium and mixmres diereof, sodium and potassium being highly preferred. Nonlimiting examples of noncarbonate anions include diose selected from the group consisting of chloride, sulfate, fluoride, oxygen, hydroxide, silicon dioxide, chromate, nitrate, borate and mixtures thereof. Prefened builders of diis type in their simplest forms are selected from me group consisting of Na2Ca(CO3)2, K2Ca(CO3)2, Na2Ca2(CO3)3, NaKCa(CO3)2,
NaKCa2(CO3)3, K2Ca2(CO3)3, and combinations thereof. An especially prefened material for the builder described herein is Na2Ca(CO3)2 in any of its crystalline modifications. Suitable builders of the above-defined type are further illustrated by, and include, the natural or synthetic forms of any one or combinations of the following minerals: Afghanite, Andersonite, AshcroftineY, Beyerite, Borcarite, Burbankite,
Butschliite, Cancrinite, Carbocernaite, Carletonite, Davyne, DonnayiteY, Fairchildite, Fenisurite, Franzinite, Gaudefroyite, Gaylussite, Girvasite, Gregoryite, Jouravskite, KamphaugiteY, Kettnerite, Khanneshite, LepersonniteGd, Liottite, MckelveyiteY, Microsommite, Mroseite, Natrofairchildite, Nyerereite, RemonditeCe, Sacrofanite, Schrockingerite, Shortite, Surite, Tunisite, Tuscanite, Tyrolite, Vishnevite, and Zemkorite. Prefened mineral forms include Nyererite, Fairchildite and Shortite.
Enzymes
Enzymes can be included in the present detergent compositions for a variety of purposes, including removal of protein-based, carbohydrate-based, or triglyceride-based stains from substrates, for the prevention of refugee dye transfer in fabric laundering, and for fabric restoration. Suitable enzymes include proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, peroxidases, and mixmres thereof of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast origin. Prefened selections are influenced by factors such as pH-activity and/or stability optima, thermostability, and stability to active detergents, builders. In diis respect bacterial or fungal enzymes are prefened, such as bacterial amylases and proteases, and fungal cellulases.
"Detersive enzyme", as used herein, means any enzyme having a cleaning, stain removing or otherwise beneficial effect in a laundry, hard surface cleaning or personal care detergent composition. Prefened detersive enzymes are hydrolases such as proteases, amylases and lipases. Prefened enzymes for laundry purposes include, but are not limited to, proteases, cellulases, lipases and peroxidases. Highly prefened for automatic dishwashing are amylases and/or proteases.
Enzymes are normally incorporated into detergent or detergent additive compositions at levels sufficient to provide a "cleaning-effective amount". The term "cleaning effective amount" refers to any amount capable of producing a cleaning, stain removal, soil removal, whitening, deodorizing, or freshness improving effect on substrates such as fabrics, dishware. In practical terms for cunent commercial preparations, typical amounts are up to 5 mg by weight, more typically 0.01 mg to 3 mg, of active enzyme per gram of the detergent composition. Stated odierwise, the compositions herein will typically comprise from 0.001 % to 5 % , preferably 0.01 %-l % by weight of a commercial enzyme preparation. Protease enzymes are usually present in such commercial preparations at levels sufficient to provide from 0.005 to 0.1 Anson units (AU) of activity per gram of composition. For certain detergents, such as in automatic dishwashing, it may be desirable to increase the active enzyme content of me commercial preparation in order to ntinimize the total amount of non-catalytically active materials and mereby improve spotting/filming or odier end-results. Higher active levels may also be desirable in highly concentrated detergent formulations.
Suitable examples of proteases are die subtilisins which are obtained from particular strains of B. subtilis and B. Ucheniformis. One suitable protease is obtained from a strain of
Bacillus, having maximum activity throughout the pH range of 8-12, developed and sold as ESPERASE* by Novo Industries A/S of Denmark, hereinafter "Novo". The preparation of this enzyme and analogous enzymes is described in GB 1,243,784 to Novo. Other suitable proteases include ALCALASE* and SAVINASE* from Novo and MAXATASE* from International Bio-Synthetics, Inc., The Netherlands; as well as Protease A as disclosed in EP 130,756 A, January 9, 1985 and Protease B as disclosed in EP 303,761 A, April 28, 1987 and EP 130,756 A, January 9, 1985. See also a high pH protease from Bacillus sp. NCIMB 40338 described in WO 9318140 A to Novo. Enzymatic detergents comprising protease, one or more other enzymes, and a reversible protease inhibitor are described in WO 9203529 A to Novo. Odier prefened proteases include those of WO 9510591 A to Procter & Gamble . When desired, a protease having decreased adsorption and increased hydrolysis is available as described in WO 9507791 to Procter & Gamble. A recombinant trypsin-like protease for detergents suitable herein is described in WO 9425583 to Novo.
In more detail, an especially prefened protease, refened to as "Protease D" is a carbonyl hydrolase variant having an amino acid sequence not found in nature, which is derived from a precursor carbonyl hydrolase by substituting a different amino acid for a plurality of amino acid residues at a position in said carbonyl hydrolase equivalent to position +76, preferably also in combination with one or more amino acid residue positions equivalent to those selected from the group consisting of +99, + 101, + 103, + 104, + 107, + 123, +27, + 105, + 109, + 126, + 128, +135, +156, +166, +195, + 197, +204, +206, +210, +216, +217, +218, +222, +260, +265, and/or +274 according to die numbering of Bacillus amyloliquefaciens subtilisin, as described in the patent applications of A. Baeck, et al, entitled "Protease-Containing Cleaning Compositions" having US Serial No. 08/322,676, and C. Ghosh, et al, "Bleaching Compositions Comprising Protease Enzymes" having US Serial No. 08/322,677, both filed October 13, 1994.
Amylases suitable herein, especially for, but not limited to automatic dishwashing purposes, include, for example, α-amylases described in GB 1,296,839 to Novo; RAPID ASE*, International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. and TERMAMYL*, Novo. FUNGAMYL® from Novo is especially useful. Engineering of enzymes for improved stability, e.g. , oxidative stability, is known. See, for example J. Biological Chem., Vol. 260, No. 11, June 1985, pp. 6518-6521. Certain prefened embodiments of the present compositions can make use of amylases having improved stability in detergents such as automatic dishwashing types, especially improved oxidative stability as measured against a reference-point of TERMAMYL® in commercial use in 1993. These prefened amylases herein share the characteristic of being "stability -enhanced" amylases, characterized, at a minimum, by a measurable improvement in one or more of: oxidative stability, e.g., to hydrogen peroxide/tetraacetylethylenediamine in buffered solution at pH 9-10; diermal stability, e.g., at common wash temperatures such as 60°C; or alkaline stability, e.g., at a pH from 8 to 11, measured versus the above-identified reference-point amylase. Stability can be measured using any of the art-disclosed technical tests. See, for example, references disclosed in WO 9402597. Stability-enhanced amylases can be obtained from Novo or from Genencor International. One class of highly preferred amylases herein have the commonality of being derived using site-directed mutagenesis from one or more of the Bacillus amylases, especially the Bacillus α-amylases, regardless of whether one, two or multiple amylase strains are the immediate precursors. Oxidative stability-enhanced amylases vs. the above-identified reference amylase are prefened for use, especially in bleaching, more preferably oxygen bleaching, as distinct from chlorine bleaching, detergent compositions herein. Such prefened amylases include (a) an amylase according to die hereinbefore incorporated WO 9402597, Novo, Feb. 3, 1994, as further illustrated by a mutant in which substitution is made, using alanine or threonine, preferably threonine, of me methionine residue located in position 197 of me B Ucheniformis alpha-amylase, known as TERMAMYL®, or the homologous position variation of a similar parent amylase, such as B. amyloliquefaciens, B. subtilis, or B. stearothermophilus; (b) stability-enhanced amylases as described by Genencor International in a paper entitled "Oxidatively Resistant alpha- Amylases" presented at me 207m American Chemical Society National Meeting, March 13-17 1994, by C. Mitchinson. Therein it was noted that bleaches in automatic dishwashing detergents inactivate alpha-amylases but that improved oxidative stability amylases have been made by Genencor from B. Ucheniformis NCIB8061. Methionine
(Met) was identified as die most likely residue to be modified. Met was substimted, one at a time, in positions 8, 15, 197, 256, 304, 366 and 438 leading to specific mutants, particularly important being M197L and M197T with die M197T variant being the most stable expressed variant. Stability was measured in CASCADE® and SUNLIGHT®; (c) particularly prefened amylases herein include amylase variants having additional modification in the immediate parent as described in WO 9510603 A and are available from the assignee, Novo, as DURAMYL®. Other particularly prefened oxidative stability enhanced amylase include those described in WO 9418314 to Genencor International and WO 9402597 to Novo. Any odier oxidative stability-enhanced amylase can be used, for example as derived by site-directed mutagenesis from known chimeric, hybrid or simple mutant parent forms of available amylases. Other prefened enzyme modifications are accessible. See WO 9509909 A to Novo.
Other amylase enzymes include those described in WO 95/26397 and in co-pending application by Novo Nordisk PCT/DK96/00056. Specific amylase enzymes for use in the detergent compositions of the present invention include α-amylases characterized by having a specific activity at least 25% higher than the specific activity of Termamyl® at a temperamre range of 25°C to 55°C and at a pH value in the range of 8 to 10, measured by the Phadebas® α-amylase activity assay. (Such Phadebas® α-amylase activity assay is described at pages 9-10, WO 95/26397.) Also included herein are α-amylases which are at least 80% homologous with the amino acid sequences shown in die SEQ ID listings in the references. These enzymes are preferably incorporated into laundry detergent compositions at a level from 0.00018% to 0.060% pure enzyme by weight of the total composition, more preferably from 0.00024% to 0.048% pure enzyme by weight of the total composition.
Cellulases usable herein include both bacterial and fungal types, preferably having a pH optimum between 5 and 9.5. U.S. 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al, March 6, 1984, discloses suitable fungal cellulases from Humicola insolens or Humicola strain DSM1800 or a cellulase 212-producing fungus belonging to the genus Aeromonas, and cellulase extracted from the hepatopancreas of a marine mollusk, Doldbella Auricula Solander. Suitable cellulases are also disclosed in GB-A-2.075.028; GB-A-2.095.275 and DE-OS- 2.247.832. CAREZYME® and CELLUZYME® (Novo) are especially useful. See also WO 9117243 to Novo.
Suitable lipase enzymes for detergent usage include diose produced by microorganisms of the Pseudomonas group, such as Pseudomonas stutzeri ATCC 19.154, as disclosed in GB 1,372,034. See also lipases in Japanese Patent Application 53,20487, laid open Feb. 24, 1978. This lipase is available from Amano Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., Nagoya, Japan, under the trade name Lipase P "Amano," or "Amano-P." Other suitable commercial lipases include Amano-CES, lipases ex Chromobacter viscosum, e.g. Chromobacter viscosum var. lipolyticum NRRLB 3673 from Toyo Jozo Co., Tagata, Japan; Chromobacter viscosum lipases from U.S. Biochemical Corp., U.S.A. and Disoynth Co., The Netherlands, and lipases ex Pseudomonas gladioli. LIPOLASE® enzyme derived from Humicola lanuginosa and commercially available from Novo, see also EP 341,947, is a preferred lipase for use herein. Lipase and amylase variants stabilized against peroxidase enzymes are described in WO 9414951 A to Novo. See also WO 9205249 and RD 94359044.
In spite of the large number of publications on lipase enzymes, only the lipase derived from Humicola lanuginosa and produced in Aspergillus oryzae as host has so far found widespread application as additive for fabric washing products. It is available from Novo Nordisk under the tradename Lipolase™, as noted above. In order to optimize the stain removal performance of Lipolase, Novo Nordisk have made a number of variants. As described in WO 92/05249, die D96L variant of the native Humicola lanuginosa lipase improves the lard stain removal efficiency by a factor 4.4 over the wild-type lipase (enzymes compared in an amount ranging from 0.075 to 2.5 mg protein per liter). Research Disclosure No. 35944 published on March 10, 1994, by Novo Nordisk discloses that the lipase variant (D96L) may be added in an amount conesponding to 0.001-100- mg (5-500,000 LU/liter) lipase variant per liter of wash liquor. The present invention provides die benefit of improved whiteness maintenance on fabrics using low levels of D96L variant in detergent compositions containing the bis-AQA surfactants in the manner disclosed herein, especially when the D96L is used at levels in the range of 50 LU to 8500 LU per liter of wash solution.
Cutinase enzymes suitable for use herein are described in WO 8809367 A to Genencor.
Peroxidase enzymes may be used in combination with oxygen sources, e.g., percarbonate, perborate, hydrogen peroxide, etc., for "solution bleaching" or prevention of transfer of dyes or pigments removed from substrates during me wash to other substrates present in the wash solution. Known peroxidases include horseradish peroxidase, ligninase, and haloperoxidases such as chloro- or bromo-peroxidase. Peroxidase-containing detergent compositions are disclosed in WO 89099813 A. October 19, 1989 to Novo and WO 8909813 A to Novo. A range of enzyme materials and means for dieir incorporation into synthetic detergent compositions is also disclosed in WO 9307263 A and WO 9307260 A to Genencor International, WO 8908694 A to Novo, and U.S. 3,553,139, January 5, 1971 to McCarty et al. Enzymes are further disclosed in U.S. 4,101,457, Place et al, July 18, 1978, and in U.S. 4,507,219, Hughes, March 26, 1985. Enzyme materials useful for liquid detergent formulations, and dieir incorporation into such formulations, are disclosed in U.S. 4,261 ,8.6.8, Hora et al, April 14, 1981. Enzymes for use in detergents can be stabilised by various techniques. Enzyme stabilisation techniques are disclosed and exemplified in U.S. 3,600,319, August 17, 1971, Gedge et al, EP 199,405 and EP 200,586, October 29, 1986, Venegas. Enzyme stabilisation systems are also described, for example, in U.S.
3,519,570. A useful Bacillus, sp. AC13 giving proteases, xylanases and cellulases, is described in WO 9401532 A to Novo.
Enzyme Stabilizing System
The enzyme-containing compositions herein may optionally also comprise from 0.001 % to 10%, preferably from 0.005% to 8%, most preferably from 0.01 % to 6%, by weight of an enzyme stabilizing system. The enzyme stabilizing system can be any stabilizing system which is compatible with the detersive enzyme. Such a system may be inherently provided by other formulation actives, or be added separately, e.g., by the formulator or by a manufacturer of detergent-ready enzymes. Such stabilizing systems can, for example, comprise calcium ion, boric acid, propylene glycol, short chain carboxylic acids, boronic acids, and mixmres thereof, and are designed to address different stabilization problems depending on me type and physical form of the detergent composition.
One stabilizing approach is the use of water-soluble sources of calcium and/or magnesium ions in the finished compositions which provide such ions to the enzymes. Calcium ions are generally more effective than magnesium ions and are prefened herein if only one type of cation is being used. Typical detergent compositions, especially liquids, will comprise from about 1 to about 30, preferably from about 2 to about 20, more preferably from about 8 to about 12 millimoles of calcium ion per liter of finished detergent composition, though variation is possible depending on factors including die multiplicity, type and levels of enzymes incorporated. Preferably water-soluble calcium or magnesium salts are employed, including for example calcium chloride, calcium hydroxide, calcium formate, calcium malate, calcium maleate, calcium hydroxide and calcium acetate; more generally, calcium sulfate or magnesium salts corresponding to the exemplified calcium salts may be used. Further increased levels of Calcium and/or Magnesium may of course be useful, for example for promoting the grease-cutting action of certain types of surfactant.
Another stabilizing approach is by use of borate species. See Severson, U.S. 4,537,706. Borate stabilizers, when used, may be at levels of up to 10% or more of the composition though more typically, levels of up to about 3% by weight of boric acid or other borate compounds such as borax or orthoborate are suitable for liquid detergent use. Substimted boric acids such as phenylboronic acid, butaneboronic acid, p-bromophenylboronic acid or the like can be used in place of boric acid and reduced levels of total boron in detergent compositions may be possible though die use of such substimted boron derivatives.
Stabilizing systems of certain cleaning compositions, for example automatic dishwashing compositions, may further comprise from 0 to 10% , preferably from 0.01 % to 6% by weight, of chlorine bleach scavengers, added to prevent chlorine bleach species present in many water supplies from attacking and inactivating the enzymes, especially under alkaline conditions. While chlorine levels in water may be small, typically in the range from 0.5 ppm to 1.75 ppm, the available chlorine in die total volume of water that comes in contact widi die enzyme, for example during dish- or fabric-washing, can be relatively large; accordingly, enzyme stability to chlorine in-use is sometimes problematic. Since percarbonate has the ability to react with chlorine bleach the use of additional stabilizers against chlorine, may, most generally, not be essential, though improved results may be obtainable from their use. Suitable chlorine scavenger anions are widely known and readily available, and, if used, can be salts containing ammonium cations with sulfite, bisulfite, thiosulfite, diiosulfate, iodide, etc. Antioxidants such as carbamate, ascorbate, etc., organic amines such as ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) or alkali metal salt thereof, monoethanolamine (ME A), and mixtures thereof can likewise be used. Likewise, special enzyme inhibition systems can be incorporated such that different enzymes have maximum compatibility. Odier conventional scavengers such as bisulfate, nitrate, chloride, sources of hydrogen peroxide such as sodium perborate tetrahydrate, sodium perborate monohydrate and sodium percarbonate, as well as phosphate, condensed phosphate, acetate, benzoate, citrate, formate, lactate, malate, tart rate, salicylate, etc., and mixmres thereof can be used if desired. In general, since the chlorine scavenger function can be performed by ingredients separately listed under better recognized functions, (e.g., hydrogen peroxide sources), there is no absolute requirement to add a separate chlorine scavenger unless a compound performing that function to the desired extent is absent from an enzyme-containing embodiment of the invention; even then, die scavenger is added only for optimum results. Moreover, the formulator will exercise a chemist's normal skill in avoiding the use of any enzyme scavenger or stabilizer which is majorly incompatible, as formulated, with odier reactive ingredients. In relation to the use of ammonium salts, such salts can be simply admixed with me detergent composition but are prone to adsorb water and/or liberate ammonia during storage. Accordingly, such materials, if present, are desirably protected in a particle such as that described in US 4,652,392, Baginski et al.
Polymeric Soil Release Agent
Known polymeric soil release agents, hereinafter "SRA" or "SRA's", can optionally be employed in the present detergent compositions. If utilized, SRA's will generally comprise from 0.01 % to 10.0%, typically from 0.1 % to 5%, preferably from 0.2% to 3.0% by weight, of the composition.
Prefened SRA's typically have hydrophilic segments to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers such as polyester and nylon, and hydrophobic segments to deposit upon hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through completion of washing and rinsing cycles thereby serving as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments. This can enable stains occurring subsequent to treatment widi SRA to be more easily cleaned in later washing procedures.
SRA's can include a variety of charged, e.g., anionic or even cationic (see U.S. 4,956,447), as well as noncharged monomer units and structures may be linear, branched or even star-shaped. They may include capping moieties which are especially effective in controlling molecular weight or altering the physical or surface-active properties. Structures and charge distributions may be tailored for application to different fiber or textile types and for varied detergent or detergent additive products.
Prefened SRA's include oligomeric terephthalate esters, typically prepared by processes involving at least one transesterification/oligomerization, often with a metal catalyst such as a titanium(IV) alkoxide. Such esters may be made using additional monomers capable of being incorporated into die ester strucmre through one, two, diree, four or more positions, without of course forming a densely crosslinked overall strucmre. Suitable SRA's include: a sulfonated product of a substantially linear ester oligomer comprised of an oligomeric ester backbone of terephthaloyl and oxyalkyleneoxy repeat units and allyl-derived sulfonated terminal moieties covalently attached to the backbone, for example as described in U.S. 4,968,451, November 6, 1990 to J.J. Scheibel and E.P. Gosselink: such ester oligomers can be prepared by (a) ethoxylating allyl alcohol, (b) reacting the product of (a) with dimethyl terephthalate ("DMT") and 1 ,2-propylene glycol ("PG") in a two-stage transesterification/ oligomerization procedure and (c) reacting the product of (b) with sodium metabisulfite in water; the nonionic end-capped 1,2- propylene/polyoxyethylene terephthalate polyesters of U.S. 4,711,730, December 8, 1987 to Gosselink et al, for example those produced by transesterification/oligomerization of poly(ethyleneglycol) mediyl ether, DMT, PG and poly(edιyleneglycol) ("PEG"); the partly- and fully- anionic-end-capped oligomeric esters of U.S. 4,721,580, January 26, 1988 to Gosselink, such as oligomers from ethylene glycol ("EG"), PG, DMT and Na-3,6-dioxa-8- hydroxyoctanesulfonate; me nonionic-capped block polyester oligomeric compounds of U.S. 4,702,857, October 27, 1987 to Gosselink, for example produced from DMT, Me- capped PEG and EG and/or PG, or a combination of DMT, EG and/or PG, Me-capped PEG and Na-dimethyl-5-sulfoisophtiιalate; and the anionic, especially sulfoaroyl, end- capped terephthalate esters of U.S. 4,877,896, October 31, 1989 to Maldonado, Gosselink et al, the latter being typical of SRA's useful in both laundry and fabric conditioning products, an example being an ester composition made from m-sulfobenzoic acid monosodium salt, PG and DMT optionally but preferably further comprising added PEG, e.g., PEG 3400.
SRA's also include simple copolymeric blocks of ethylene terephthalate or propylene terephthalate with polyethylene oxide or polypropylene oxide terephthalate, see U.S. 3,959,230 to Hays, May 25, 1976 and U.S. 3,893,929 to Basadur, July 8, 1975; cellulosic derivatives such as me hydroxyether cellulosic polymers available as METHOCEL from Dow; and the C1-C4 alkylcelluloses and C4 hydroxyalkyl celluloses; see U.S. 4,000,093, December 28, 1976 to Nicol, et al. Suitable SRA's characterised by poly(vinyl ester) hydrophobe segments include graft copoiymers of poly (vinyl ester), e.g., Cγ-C^ vinyl esters, preferably poly (vinyl acetate), grafted onto polyalkylene oxide backbones. See European Patent Application 0 219 048, published April 22, 1987 by Kud, et al. Commercially available examples include SOKALAN SRA's such as SOKALAN HP-22, available from BASF, Germany. Other SRA's are polyesters widi repeat units containing 10-15% by weight of ethylene terephthalate together with 90-80% by weight of polyoxyethylene terephthalate, derived from a polyoxyethylene glycol of average molecular weight 300-5,000. Commercial examples include ZELCON 5126 from Dupont and MILEASE T from ICI.
Another prefened SRA is an oligomer having empirical formula (CAP)2(EG/PG)5(T)5(SIP)! which comprises terephthaloyl (T), sulfoisophthaloyl (SIP), oxyediyleneoxy and oxy-l,2-propylene (EG/PG) units and which is preferably terminated widi end-caps (CAP), preferably modified isediionates, as in an oligomer comprising one sulfoisophthaloyl unit, 5 terephthaloyl units, oxyediyleneoxy and oxy-l,2-propyleneoxy units in a defined ratio, preferably about 0.5:1 to about 10:1, and two end-cap units derived from sodium 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-efhanesulfonate. Said SRA preferably further comprises from 0.5% to 20%, by weight of the oligomer, of a crystallinity-reducing stabiliser, for example an anionic surfactant such as linear sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate or a member selected from xylene-, cumene-, and toluene- sulfonates or mixmres thereof, diese stabilizers or modifiers being introduced into the synthesis pot, all as taught in U.S. 5,415,807, Gosselink, Pan, Kellett and Hall, issued May 16, 1995. Suitable monomers for the above SRA include Na 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-ethanesulfonate, DMT, Na- dimethyl 5- sulfoisophdialate, EG and PG.
Yet anodier group of prefened SRA's are oligomeric esters comprising: (1) a backbone comprising (a) at least one unit selected from the group consisting of dihydroxy sulfonates, polyhydroxy sulfonates, a unit which is at least trifunctional whereby ester linkages are formed resulting in a branched oligomer backbone, and combinations thereof; (b) at least one unit which is a terephthaloyl moiety; and (c) at least one unsulfonated unit which is a 1,2-oxyalkyleneoxy moiety; and (2) one or more capping units selected from nonionic capping units, anionic capping units such as alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated, isediionates, alkoxylated propanesulfonates, alkoxylated propanedisulfonates, alkoxylated phenolsulfonates, sulfoaroyl derivatives and mixtures thereof. Prefened of such esters are those of empirical formula:
{ (C AP)x(EG/PG)y ' (DEG)y " (PEG)y " ' (T)z(SIP)z ' (SEG)q(B)m}
wherein CAP, EG/PG, PEG, T and SIP are as defined hereinabove, (DEG) represents di(oxyethylene)oxy units; (SEG) represents units derived from the sulfoediyl edier of glycerin and related moiety units; (B) represents branching units which are at least trifunctional whereby ester linkages are formed resulting in a branched oligomer backbone; x is from about 1 to about 12; y' is from about 0.5 to about 25; y" is from 0 to about 12; y' " is from 0 to about 10; y' +y" +y" ' totals from about 0.5 to about 25; z is from about 1.5 to about 25; z' is from 0 to about 12; z + z' totals from about 1.5 to about 25; q is from about 0.05 to about 12; m is from about 0.01 to about 10; and x, y', y" , y' " , z, z' , q and m represent the average number of moles of the conesponding units per mole ofc-said ester and said ester has a molecular weight ranging from about 500 to about 5,000.
Prefened SEG and CAP monomers for the above esters include Na-2-(2-,3- dihydroxypropoxy)ethanesulfonate ("SEG"), Na-2-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy) edioxy} ethanesulfonate ("SE3") and its homologs and mixtures thereof and die products of ethoxy lating and sulfonating allyl alcohol. Prefened SRA esters in this class include the product of transesterifying and oligomerizing sodium 2-{2-(2- hydroxyethoxy)edιoxy}edιanesulfonate and/or sodium 2-[2-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)- edιoxy}edιoxy]edιanesulfonate, DMT, sodium 2-(2,3-dihydroxypropoxy) ethane sulfonate, EG, and PG using an appropriate Ti(IV) catalyst and can be designated as (CAP)2(T)5(EG/PG)1.4(SEG)2.5(B)0.13 wherein CAP is (Na+ -O3S[CH2CH2O]3.5)- and B is a unit from glycerin and die mole ratio EG/PG is about 1.7:1 as measured by conventional gas chromatography after complete hydrolysis.
Additional classes of SRA's include (I) nonionic terephthalates using diisocyanate coupling agents to link up polymeric ester structures, see U.S. 4,201,824, Violland et al. and U.S. 4,240,918 Lagasse et al; (U) SRA's widi carboxylate terminal groups made by adding trimellitic anhydride to known SRA's to convert terminal hydroxyl groups to trimellitate esters. With a proper selection of catalyst, the trimellitic anhydride forms linkages to me terminals of the polymer through an ester of the isolated carboxylic acid of trimellitic anhydride radier than by opening of me anhydride linkage. Either nonionic or anionic SRA's may be used as starting materials as long as they have hydroxyl terminal groups which may be esterified. See U.S. 4,525,524 Tung et al.; (HI) anionic terephthalate-based SRA's of the urethane-linked variety, see U.S. 4,201,824, Violland et al; (TV) poly(vinyl caprolactam) and related co-polymers with monomers such as vinyl pynolidone and/or dimethylaminoethyl mediacrylate, including bodi nonionic and cationic polymers, see U.S. 4,579,681, Ruppert et al.; (V) graft copoiymers, in addition to die SOKALAN types from BASF made, by grafting acrylic monomers on to sulfonated polyesters; these SRA's assertedly have soil release and anti-redeposition activity similar to known cellulose ethers, see EP 279,134 A, 1988, to Rhone-Poulenc Chemie; (VI) grafts of vinyl monomers such as acrylic acid and vinyl acetate on to proteins such as caseins, see EP 457,205 A to BASF (1991); (VII) polyester-polyamide SRA's prepared by condensing adipic acid, caprolactam, and polyethylene glycol, especially for treating polyamide fabrics, see Bevan et al, DE 2,335,044 to Unilever N. V., 1974. Other useful SRA's are described in U.S. Patents 4,240,918, 4,787,989, 4,525,524 and 4,877,896.
Clay Soil Removal/Anti-redeposition Agents
The compositions of the present invention can also optionally contain water-soluble ethoxylated amines having clay soil removal and antiredeposition properties. Granular detergent compositions which contain diese compounds typically contain from 0.01 % to 10.0% by weight of the water-soluble ethoxy lates amines; liquid detergent compositions typically contain 0.01 % to 5 % .
The most prefened soil release and anti-redeposition agent is ethoxylated tetraethylene- pentaminε. Exemplary ethoxylated amines are further described in U.S. Patent 4,597,898, VanderMeer, issued July 1, 1986. Another group of prefened clay soil removal- antiredeposition agents are the cationic compounds disclosed in European Patent Application 111,965, Oh and Gosselink, published June 27, 1984. Odier clay soil removal/antiredeposition agents which can be used include die edioxylated amine polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 111,984, Gosselink, published June 27, 1984; die zwitterionic polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 112,592, Gosselink, published July 4, 1984; and the amine oxides disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,548,744, Connor, issued October 22, 1985. Other clay soil removal and/or anti redeposition agents known in the art can also be utilized in the compositions herein. See U.S. Patent 4,891,160, VanderMeer, issued January 2, 1990 and WO 95/32272, published November 30, 1995. Another type of prefened antiredeposition agent includes me carboxy methyl cellulose (CMC) materials. These materials are well known in the art.
Polymeric Dispersing Agents
Polymeric dispersing agents can advantageously be utilized at levels from 0.1 % to 7%, by weight, in the compositions herein, especially in the presence of zeolite and/or layered silicate builders. Suitable polymeric dispersing agents include polymeric polycarboxylates and polyediylene glycols, although odiers known in die art can also be used. It is believed, diough it is not intended to be limited by dieory, that polymeric dispersing agents enhance overall detergent builder performance, when used in combination widi other builders (including lower molecular weight polycarboxylates) by crystal growth inhibition, paniculate soil release peptization, and anti-redeposition.
Polymeric polycarboxylate materials can be prepared by polymerizing or copolymerizing suitable unsaturated monomers, preferably in their acid form. Unsaturated monomeric acids diat can be polymerized to form suitable polymeric polycarboxylates include acrylic acid, maleic acid (or maleic anhydride), fumaric acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid and methylenemalonic acid. The presence in the polymeric polycarboxylates herein or monomeric segments, containing no carboxylate radicals such as vinylmethyl ether, styrene, ethylene, etc. is suitable provided diat such segments do not constitute more than 40% by weight.
Particularly suitable polymeric polycarboxylates can be derived from acrylic acid. Such acrylic acid-based polymers which are useful herein are the water-soluble salts of polymerized acrylic acid. The average molecular weight of such polymers in the acid form preferably ranges from 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from 4,000 to 7,000 and most preferably from 4,000 to 5,000. Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid polymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substimted ammonium salts. Soluble polymers of this type are known materials. Use of polyacrylates of this type in detergent compositions has been disclosed, for example, in Diehl, U.S. Patent 3,308,067, issued March 7, 1967.
Acrylic/maleic-based copoiymers may also be used as a prefened component of die dispersing/anti-redeposition agent. Such materials include die water-soluble salts of copoiymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid. The average molecular weight of such copoiymers in the acid form preferably ranges from 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 75,000, most preferably from 7,000 to 65,000. The ratio of acrylate to maleate segments in such copoiymers will generally range from 30:1 to 1:1, more preferably from 10: 1 to 2:1. Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid/maleic acid copoiymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammomum and substimted ammonium salts. Soluble acrylate/maleate copoiymers of this type are known materials which are described in European Patent Application No. 66915, published December 15, 1982, as well as in EP 193,360, published September 3, 1986, which also describes such polymers comprising hydroxypropylacrylate. Still other useful dispersing agents include the maleic/acrylic/vinyl alcohol terpolymers. Such materials are also disclosed in EP 193,360, including, for example, die 45/45/10 terpolymer of acrylic/maleic/vinyl alcohol.
Another polymeric material which can be included is polyediylene glycol (PEG). PEG can exhibit dispersing agent performance as well as act as a clay soil removal-antiredeposition agent. Typical molecular weight ranges for these purposes range from 500 to 100,000, preferably from 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 1,500 to 10,000.
Polyaspartate and polyglutamate dispersing agents may also be used, especially in conjunction widi zeolite builders. Dispersing agents such as polyaspartate preferably have a molecular weight (avg.) of 10,000.
Brightener
Any optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents known in the art can be incorporated at levels typically from 0.01 % to 1.2% , by weight, into me detergent compositions herein. Commercial optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention can be classified into subgroups, which include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxylic acid, meminecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and odier miscellaneous agents. Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in "The Production and Application of Fluorescent Brightening Agents", M. Zahradnik, Published by John Wiley & Sons, New York (1982).
Specific examples of optical brighteners which are useful in the present compositions are those identified in U.S. Patent 4,790,856, issued to Wixon on December 13, 1988. These brighteners include die PHORWHITE series of brighteners from Verona. Other brighteners disclosed in diis reference include: Tinopal UNPA, Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM; available from Ciba-Geigy; Artie White CC and Artie White CWD, the 2-(4-styryl- ρhenyl)-2H-naptho[l ,2-d]triazoles; 4,4'-bis-(l ,2,3-triazol-2-yl)-stilbenes; 4,4'- bis(styryl)bisphenyls; and die aminocoumarins. Specific examples of these brighteners include 4-methyl-7-diedιyl- amino coumarin; l ,2-bis(benzimidazol-2-yl)ediylene; 1,3- diphenyl-pyrazolines; 2,5-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)thiophene; 2-styryl-naptho[l ,2-d]oxazole; and 2-(stilben-4-yl)-2H-naphtho[l,2-d]triazole. See also U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton.
Dye Transfer Inhibiting Agents
The compositions of the present invention may also include one or more materials effective for inhibiting die transfer of dyes from one fabric to another during the cleaning process. Generally, such dye transfer inhibiting agents include polyvinyl pynolidone polymers, polyamine N-oxide polymers, copoiymers of N-vinylpynolidone and N-vinylimidazole, manganese phthalocyanine, peroxidases, and mixmres thereof. If used, these agents typically comprise from 0.01 % to 10% by weight of the composition, preferably from 0.01% to 5% , and more preferably from 0.05% to 2%.
More specifically, the polyamine N-oxide polymers prefened for use herein contain units having die following structural formula: R-Ax-P; wherein P is a polymerizable unit to which an N-O group can be attached or the N-O group can form part of the polymerizable unit or the N-O group can be attached to both units; A is one of die following structures: - NC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -S-, -O-, -N=; x is 0 or 1; and R is aliphatic, ethoxylated aliphatics, aromatics, heterocyclic or alicyclic groups or any combination diereof to which the nitrogen of the N-O group can be attached or the N-O group is part of these groups. Prefened polyamine N-oxides are those wherein R is a heterocyclic group such as pyridine, pynole, imidazole, pynolidine, piperidine and derivatives diereof.
The N-O group can be represented by die following general structures:
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein Ri , R2, R3 are aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic or alicyclic groups or combinations diereof; x, y and z are 0 or 1; and die nitrogen of the N-O group can be attached or form part of any of the aforementioned groups. The amine oxide unit of die polyamine N-oxides has a pKa < 10, preferably pKa <7, more prefened pKa <6. Any polymer backbone can be used as long as die amine oxide polymer formed is water- soluble and has dye transfer inhibiting properties. Examples of suitable polymeric backbones are polyvinyls, polyalkylenes, polyesters, polyethers, polyamide, polyimides, polyacrylates and mixmres thereof. These polymers include random or block copoiymers where one monomer type is an amine N-oxide and die other monomer type is an N-oxide. The amine N-oxide polymers typically have a ratio of amine to the amine N-oxide of 10: 1 to 1:1,000,000. However, me number of amine oxide groups present in the polyamine oxide polymer can be varied by appropriate copolymerization or by an appropriate degree of N-oxidation. The polyamine oxides can be obtained in almost any degree of polymerization. Typically, the average molecular weight is within the range of 500 to 1,000,000; more prefened 1,000 to 500,000; most prefened 5,000 to 100,000. This prefened class of materials can be refened to as "PVNO".
The most prefened polyamine N-oxide useful in the detergent compositions herein is poly(4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide) which has an average molecular weight of 50,000 and an amine to amine N-oxide ratio of 1 :4.
Copoiymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole polymers (refened to as a class as "PVPVI") are also prefened for use herein. Preferably the PVPVI has an average molecular weight range from 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, and most preferably from 10,000 to 20,000. (The average molecular weight range is determined by light scattering as described in Barm, et al., Chemical Analysis. Vol 113. "Modern Methods of Polymer Characterization", the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.) The PVPVI copoiymers typically have a molar ratio of N- vinylimidazole to N-vinylpynolidone from 1:1 to 0.2:1, more preferably from 0.8:1 to 0.3:1, most preferably from 0.6: 1 to 0.4: 1. These copoiymers can be either linear or branched.
The present invention compositions also may employ a polyvinylpynolidone ("PVP") having an average molecular weight of from 5,000 to 400,000, preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, and more preferably from 5,000 to 50,000. PVP's are known to persons skilled in the detergent field; see, for example, EP-A-262,897 and EP-A-256,696, incorporated herein by reference. Compositions containing PVP can also contain polyethylene glycol ("PEG") having an average molecular weight from 500 to 100,000, preferably from 1,000 to 10,000. Preferably, the ratio of PEG to PVP on a ppm basis delivered in wash solutions is from 2: 1 to 50:1, and more preferably from 3:1 to 10:1.
The detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain from 0.005% to 5% by weight of certain types of hydrophilic optical brighteners which also provide a dye transfer inhibition action. If used, die compositions herein will preferably comprise from 0.01 % to 1 % by weight of such optical brighteners.
The hydrophilic optical brighteners useful in the present invention are those having die structural formula:
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein Ri is selected from anilino, N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and NH-2-hydroxyethyl; R2 is selected from N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl, N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino, morphilino, chloro and amino; and M is a salt-forming cation such as sodium or potassium.
When in the above formula, Rj is anilino, R2 is N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and M is a cation such as sodium, the brightener is 4,4',-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine-2- yl)amino]-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid and disodium salt. This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal-UNPA-GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Tinopal-UNPA-GX is the preferred hydrophilic optical brightener useful in die detergent compositions herein.
When in die above formula, Rj is anilino, R2 is N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-2-methylamino and M is a cation such as sodium, the brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N-2-hydroxyethyl-N- memylamino)-s-triazme-2-yl)amino]2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid disodium salt. This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under die tradename Tinopal 5BM- GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation. When in the above formula, Rj is anilino, R2 is morphilino and M is a cation such as sodium, me brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-moφhilino-s-triazine-2-yl)amino]2,2'- stilbenedisulfonic acid, sodium salt. This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal AMS-GX by Ciba Geigy Corporation.
The specific optical brightener species selected for use in the present invention provide especially effective dye transfer inhibition performance benefits when used in combination with me selected polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents hereinbefore described. The combination of such selected polymeric materials (e.g., PVNO and/or PVPVI) with such selected optical brighteners (e.g., Tinopal UNPA-GX, Tinopal 5BM-GX and/or Tinopal AMS-GX) provides significantly better dye transfer inhibition in aqueous wash solutions than does eidier of diese two detergent composition components when used alone. Widiout being bound by theory, it is believed that such brighteners work this way because they have high affinity for fabrics in the wash solution and dierefore deposit relatively quick on these fabrics. The extent to which brighteners deposit on fabrics in the wash solution can be defined by a parameter called die "exhaustion coefficient" . The exhaustion coefficient is in general as the ratio of a) the brightener material deposited on fabric to b) the initial brightener concentration in the wash liquor. Brighteners with relatively high exhaustion coefficients are the most suitable for inhibiting dye transfer in the context of die present invention.
Of course, it will be appreciated diat other, conventional optical brightener types of compounds can optionally be used in me present compositions to provide conventional fabric "brightness" benefits, rather than a true dye transfer inhibiting effect. Such usage is conventional and well-known to detergent formulations.
Chelating Agents
The detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and/or manganese chelating agents. Such chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substimted aro¬ matic chelating agents and mixmres therein, all as hereinafter defined. Widiout intending to be bound by meory, it is believed that me benefit of these materials is due in part to their exceptional ability to remove iron and manganese ions from washing solutions by formation of soluble chelates. Amino carboxylates useful as optional chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetracetates, N-hydroxyethy lethy lenediaminetriacetates , nitrilotriacetates , ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriaminepentaacetates, and edianoldiglycines, alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts therein and mixmres therein.
Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at least low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions, and include ediylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates) as DEQUEST. Preferred, diese amino phosphonates to not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than 6 carbon atoms.
Polyfunctionally-substimted aromatic chelating agents are also useful in the compositions herein. See U.S. Patent 3,812,044, issued May 21, 1974, to Connor et al. Prefened compounds of this type in acid form are dihydroxydisulfobenzenes such as 1,2-dihydroxy- 3 , 5-disulfobenzene .
A prefened biodegradable chelator for use herein is ethylenediamine disuccinate ("EDDS"), especially the [S,S] isomer as described in U.S. Patent 4,704,233, November 3, 1987, to Hartman and Perkins.
The compositions herein may also contain water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid (MGDA) salts (or acid form) as a chelant or co-builder useful with, for example, insoluble builders such as zeolites, layered silicates.
If utilized, diese chelating agents will generally comprise from 0.1% to 15% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably, if utilized, die chelating agents will comprise from 0.1% to 3.0% by weight of such compositions.
Suds Suppressors
Compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be incorporated into the compositions of the present invention. Suds suppression can be of particular importance in the so-called "high concentration cleaning process" as described in U.S. 4,489,455 and 4,489,574 and in front-loading European-style washing machines.
A wide variety of materials may be used as suds suppressors, and suds suppressors are well known to those skilled in die art. See, for example, Kirk Othmer Encyclopedia of
Chemical Technology, Third Edition, Volume 7, pages 430-447 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979). One category of suds suppressor of particular interest encompasses monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts dierein. See U.S. Patent 2,954,347, issued September 27, 1960 to Wayne St. John. The monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof used as suds suppressor typically have hydrocarbyl chains of 10 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. Suitable salts include the alkali metal salts such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, and ammomum and alkanolammonium salts.
The detergent compositions herein may also contain non-surfactant suds suppressors. These include, for example: high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic Cl8"C40 ketones (e.g., stearone), etc. Other suds inhibitors include N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortriazines formed as products of cyanuric chloride widi two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing 1 to 24 carbon atoms, propylene oxide, and monostearyl phosphates such as monostearyl alcohol phosphate ester and monostearyl di-alkali metal (e.g., K, Na, and Li) phosphates and phosphate esters. The hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffm can be utilized in liquid form. The liquid hydrocarbons will be liquid at room temperamre and atmospheric pressure, and will have a pour point in the range of -40°C and 50°C, and a minimum boiling point not less thanll0°C (atmospheric pressure). It is also known to utilize waxy hydrocarbons, preferably having a melting point below 100 °C. The hydrocarbons constitute a preferred category of suds suppressor for detergent compositions. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al. The hydrocarbons, thus, include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons having from 12 to 70 carbon atoms. The term "paraffin," as used in this suds suppressor discussion, is intended to include mixmres of true paraffins and cyclic hydrocarbons.
Another preferred category of non-surfactant suds suppressors comprises silicone suds suppressors. This category includes die use of polyorganosiloxane oils, such as polydimediylsiloxane, dispersions or emulsions of polyorganosiloxane oils or resins, and combinations of polyorganosiloxane with silica particles wherein the polyorganosiloxane is chemisorbed or fused onto the silica. Silicone suds suppressors are well known in the art and are, for example, disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al and European Patent Application No. 89307851.9, published February 7, 1990, by Starch, M. S.
Other silicone suds suppressors are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,455,839 which relates to compositions and processes for defoaming aqueous solutions by incorporating therein small amounts of polydimediylsiloxane fluids.
Mixmres of silicone and silanated silica are described, for instance, in German Patent Application DOS 2,124,526. Silicone defoamers and suds controlling agents in granular detergent compositions are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,933,672, Bartolotta et al, and in U.S. Patent 4,652,392, Baginski et al, issued March 24, 1987.
An exemplary silicone based suds suppressor for use herein is a suds suppressing amount of a suds controlling agent consisting essentially of:
(i) polydimediylsiloxane fluid having a viscosity of from about 20 cs. to about l,500 cs. at 25°C;
(ii) from about 5 to about 50 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of siloxane resin composed of (CH3)3SiOι/2 units of Siθ2 units in a ratio of from (CH3)3 SiOι/2 units and to Siθ2 units of from about 0.6:1 to about 1.2:1; and (iii) from about 1 to about 20 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of a solid silica gel.
In the prefened silicone suds suppressor used herein, the solvent for a continuous phase is made up of certain polyethylene glycols or polyethylene-polypropylene glycol copoiymers or mixmres thereof (prefened), or polypropylene glycol. The primary silicone suds suppressor is branched/crosslinked and preferably not linear.
To illustrate this point further, typical liquid laundry detergent compositions widi controlled suds will optionally comprise from about 0.001 to about 1, preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.7, most preferably from about 0.05 to about 0.5, weight % of said silicone suds suppressor, which comprises (1) a nonaqueous emulsion of a primary antifoam agent which is a mixture of (a) a polyorganosiloxane, (b) a resinous siloxane or a silicone resin-producing silicone compound, (c) a finely divided filler material, and (d) a catalyst to promote the reaction of mixmre components (a), (b) and (c), to form silanolates; (2) at least one nonionic silicone surfactant; and (3) polyethylene glycol or a copolymer of polyethylene-polypropylene glycol having a solubility in water at room temperamre of more man about 2 weight %; and without polypropylene glycol. Similar amounts can be used in granular compositions, gels, etc. See also U.S. Patents 4,978,471, Starch, issued December 18, 1990, and 4,983,316, Starch, issued January 8, 1991, 5,288,431, Huber et al., issued February 22, 1994, and U.S. Patents 4,639,489 and 4,749,740, Aizawa et al at column 1, line 46 through column 4, line 35.
The silicone suds suppressor herein preferably comprises polyethylene glycol and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, all having an average molecular weight of less dian about 1,000, preferably between about 100 and 800. The polyethylene glycol and polyethylene/polypropylene copoiymers herein have a solubility in water at room temperamre of more than about 2 weight %, preferably more than about 5 weight %.
The preferred solvent herein is polyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of less than about 1,000, more preferably between about 100 and 800, most preferably between 200 and 400, and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, preferably PPG 200/PEG 300. Preferred is a weight ratio of between about 1:1 and 1:10, most preferably between 1:3 and 1:6, of polyethylene glycol: copolymer of polyethylene- polypropylene glycol.
The prefened silicone suds suppressors used herein do not contain polypropylene glycol, particularly of 4,000 molecular weight. They also preferably do not contain block copoiymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, like PLURONIC L101.
Odier suds suppressors useful herein comprise the secondary alcohols (e.g., 2-alkyl alkanols) and mixmres of such alcohols with silicone oils, such as the silicones disclosed in U.S. 4,798,679, 4,075,118 and EP 150,872. The secondary alcohols include die C^-Ciό alkyl alcohols having a Cj-Ciδ chain. A prefened alcohol is 2-butyl octanol, which is available from Condea under the trademark ISOFOL 12. Mixmres of secondary alcohols are available under the trademark ISALCHEM 123 from Enichem. Mixed suds suppressors typically comprise mixmres of alcohol + silicone at a weight ratio of 1:5 to 5:1. For any detergent compositions to be used in automatic laundry or dishwashing machines, suds should not form to the extent that diey eidier overflow the washing machine or negatively affect the washing mechamsm of the dishwasher. Suds suppressors, when utilized, are preferably present in a "suds suppressing amount. By "suds suppressing amount" is meant that die formulator of the composition can select an amount of this suds controlling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in a low-sudsing laundry or dishwashing detergents for use in automatic laundry or dishwashing machines.
The compositions herein will generally comprise from 0% to 10% of suds suppressor. When utilized as suds suppressors, monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts therein, will be present typically in amounts up to 5%, by weight, of die detergent composition. Preferably, from 0.5% to 3% of fatty monocarboxylate suds suppressor is utilized. Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts up to 2.0%, by weight, of die detergent composition, although higher amounts may be used. This upper limit is practical in nature, due primarily to concern with keeping costs minimized and effectiveness of lower amounts for effectively controlling sudsing. Preferably from 0.01% to 1 % of silicone suds suppressor is used, more preferably from 0.25% to 0.5%. As used herein, these weight percentage values include any silica that may be utilized in combination with polyorganosiloxane, as well as any adjunct materials that may be utilized. Monostearyl phosphate suds suppressors are generally utilized in amounts ranging from 0.1 % to 2%, by weight, of the composition. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts ranging from 0.01 % to 5.0%, although higher levels can be used. The alcohol suds suppressors are typically used at 0.2% -3% by weight of die finished compositions.
Alkoxylated Polvcarboxylates
Alkoxylated polycarboxylates such as those prepared from polyacrylates are useful herein to provide additional grease removal performance. Such materials are described in WO 91/08281 and PCT 90/01815 at p. 4 et seq., incorporated herein by reference.
Chemically, these materials comprise polyacrylates having one ethoxy side-chain per every 7-8 acrylate units. The side-chains are of the formula -(CH2CH2θ)m(CH2)nCH3 wherein m is 2-3 and n is 6-12. The side-chains are ester-linked to die polyacrylate "backbone" to provide a "comb" polymer type strucmre. The molecular weight can vary, but is typically in the range of 2000 to 50,000. Such alkoxylated polycarboxylates can comprise from 0.05% to 10%, by weight, of the compositions herein.
Fabric Softeners
Various through-the-wash fabric softeners, especially the impalpable smectite clays of U.S. Patent 4,062,647, Storm and Nirschl, issued December 13, 1977, as well as other softener clays known in the art, can optionally be used typically at levels of from 0.5% to 10% by weight in me present compositions to provide fabric softener benefits concunently with fabric cleaning. Clay softeners can be used in combination with amine and cationic softeners as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,375,416, Crisp et al, March 1, 1983 and U.S. Patent 4,291,071, Hanis et al, issued September 22, 1981
Perfumes
Perfumes and perfumery ingredients useful in the present compositions and processes comprise a wide variety of natural and syndietic chemical ingredients, including, but not limited to, aldehydes, ketones, esters. Also included are various natural extracts and essences which can comprise complex mixmres of ingredients, such as orange oil, lemon oil, rose extract, lavender, musk, patchouli, balsamic essence, sandalwood oil, pine oil, cedar. Finished perfumes can comprise extremely complex mixmres of such ingredients. Finished perfumes typically comprise from 0.01% to 2%, by weight, of the detergent compositions herein, and individual perfumery ingredients can comprise from 0.0001 % to 90% of a finished perfume composition.
Several perfume formulations are set forth in Example XI, hereinafter. Non-limiting examples of perfume ingredients useful herein include: 7-acetyl-l, 2,3,4,5,6,7, 8-octahydro- 1,1,6,7-tetramethyl naphthalene; ionone methyl; ionone gamma methyl; methyl cedrylone; methyl dihydrojasmonate; methyl l ,6,10-trimemyl-2,5,9-cyclododecatrien-l-yl ketone; 7- acetyl-l,l,3,4,4,6-hexamethyl tetralin; 4-acetyl-6-tert-butyl- 1,1 -dimethyl indane; para- hydroxy-phenyl-butanone; benzophenone; methyl beta-naphthyl ketone; 6-acetyl- 1,1,2,3,3,5-hexamethyl indane; 5-acetyl-3-isopropyl-l,l,2,6-tetramemyl indane; 1- dodecanal, 4-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)-3-cyclohexene-l -carboxaldehyde; 7-hydroxy-3 ,7- dimemyl ocatanal; 10-undecen-l-al; iso-hexenyl cyclohexyl carboxaldehyde; formyl tricyclodecane; condensation products of hydroxycitronellal and mediyl anthramiate, condensation products of hydroxycitronellal and indol, condensation products of phenyl acetaldehyde and indol; 2-methyl-3-(para-tert-butylphenyl)-propionaldehyde; ethyl vanillin; heliotropin; hexyl cinnamic aldehyde; amyl cinnamic aldehyde; 2-methyl-2-(para-iso- propylphenyl)-propionaldehyde; coumarin; decalactone gamma; cyclopentadecanolide; 16- hydroxy-9-hexadecenoic acid lactone; 1, 3,4,6,7, 8-hexahydro-4,6,6,7,8,8- hexamethylcyclopenta-gamma-2-benzopyrane; beta-naphthol methyl ether; ambroxane; dodecahydro-3a,6,6,9a-tetramethylnaphtho[2, lb]furan; cedrol, 5-(2,2,3-trimethylcyclopent- 3-enyl)-3-methylpentan-2-ol; 2-ethyl-4-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-l-yl)-2-buten-l-ol; caryophyllene alcohol; tricyclodecenyl propionate; tricyclodecenyl acetate; benzyl salicylate; cedryl acetate; and para-(tert-butyl) cyclohexyl acetate.
Particularly prefened perfume materials are those that provide the largest odor improvements in finished product compositions containing cellulases. These perfumes include but are not limited to: hexyl cinnamic aldehyde; 2-methyl-3-(para-tert- butylphenyO-propionaldehyde; 7-acetyl-l, 2, 3,4,5,6,7, 8-octahydro-l,l,6,7-tetramethyl naphthalene; benzyl salicylate; 7-acetyl-l, 1, 3 ,4,4,6-hexamethyl tetralin; para-tert-butyl cyclohexyl acetate; methyl dihydro jasmonate; beta-napmol methyl ether; methyl beta- naphthyl ketone; 2-memyl-2-(para-iso-propylphenyl)-propionaldehyde; 1,3,4,6,7,8- hexahydro-4 ,6 ,6 , 7,8, 8-hexamethy l-cyclopenta-gamma-2-benzopyrane ; dodecahydro- 3a,6,6,9a-tetramethylnaphtho[2,lb]furan; anisaldehyde; coumarin; cedrol; vanillin; cyclopentadecanolide; tricyclodecenyl acetate; and tricyclodecenyl propionate.
Other perfume materials include essential oils, resinoids, and resins from a variety of sources including, but not limited to: Peru balsam, Olibanum resinoid, styrax, labdanum resin, nutmeg, cassia oil, benzoin resin, coriander and lavandin. Still odier perfume chemicals include phenyl ethyl alcohol, terpineol, linalool, linalyl acetate, geraniol, nerol, 2-(l,l-dimethyledιyl)-cyclohexanol acetate, benzyl acetate, and eugenol. Carriers such as diethylphdialate can be used in the finished perfume compositions.
Other Ingredients
A wide variety of other ingredients useful in detergent compositions can be included in die compositions herein, including other active ingredients, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, dyes or pigments, solvents for liquid formulations, solid fillers for bar compositions, etc. If high sudsing is desired, suds boosters such as the C10-C16 alkanolamides can be incorporated into me compositions, typically at 1 %-10% levels. The C10-C14 monoethanol and diedianol amides illustrate a typical class of such suds boosters. Use of such suds boosters with high sudsing adjunct surfactants such as the amine oxides, betaines and sultaines noted above is also advantageous. If desired, water-soluble magnesium and/or calcium salts such as MgCl2, MgSO4, CaCl2, CaSO4, can be added at levels of, typically, 0.1 %-2%, to provide additional suds and to enhance grease removal performance.
Various detersive ingredients employed in the present compositions optionally can be further stabilized by absorbing said ingredients onto a porous hydrophobic substrate, then coating said substrate with a hydrophobic coating. Preferably, the detersive ingredient is admixed widi a surfactant before being absorbed into die porous substrate. In use, the detersive ingredient is released from the substrate into the aqueous washing liquor, where it performs its intended detersive function.
To illustrate this technique in more detail, a porous hydrophobic silica (trademark SJPERNAT D10, DeGussa) is admixed widi a proteolytic enzyme solution containing 3%- 5% of Ci3_i5 ethoxylated alcohol (EO 7) nonionic surfactant. The resulting powder is dispersed with stirring in silicone oil (various silicone oil viscosities in the range of 500- 12,500 can be used). The resulting silicone oil dispersion is emulsified or otherwise added to the final detergent matrix. By this means, ingredients such as die aforementioned enzymes, bleaches, bleach activators, bleach catalysts, photoactivators, dyes, fluorescers, fabric conditioners and hydrolyzable surfactants can be "protected" for use in detergents, including liquid laundry detergent compositions.
Liquid detergent compositions can contain water and other solvents as caniers. Low molecular weight primary or secondary alcohols exemplified by methanol, ethanol, propanol, and isopropanol are suitable. Monohydric alcohols are prefened for solubilizing surfactant, but polyols such as those containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and from 2 to 6 hydroxy groups (e.g., 1,3-propanediol, ediylene glycol, glycerine, and 1,2-propanediol) can also be used. The compositions may contain from 5% to 90%, typically 10% to 50% of such caniers.
The detergent compositions herein will preferably be formulated such diat, during use in aqueous cleaning operations, the wash water will have a pH of between 6.5 and 11, preferably between 7.5 and 10.5. Liquid dishwashing product formulations preferably have a pH between 6.8 and 9.0. Laundry products are typically at pH 9-11. Techniques for controlling pH at recommended usage levels include die use of buffers, alkalis, acids, etc., and are well known to those skilled in the art.
Granules Manufacture
Adding die bis-alkoxylated cationics of diis invention into a crutcher mix, followed by conventional spray drying, helps remove any residual, potentially malodorous, short-chain amine contaminants. In me event the formulator wishes to prepare an admixable particle containing die alkoxylated cationics for use in, for example, a high density granular detergent, it is preferred that die particle composition not be highly alkaline. Processes for preparing high density (above 650 g/l) granules are described in U.S. Patent 5,366,652. Such particles may be formulated to have an effective pH in-use of 9, or below, to avoid die odor of impurity amines. This can be achieved by adding a small amount of acidity source such as boric acid, citric acid, or the like, or an appropriate pH buffer, to the particle. In an alternate mode, die prospective problems associated widi amine malodors can be masked by use of perfume ingredients, as disclosed herein.
Examples
The following examples are illustrative of the present invention, but are not meant to limit or otherwise define its scope. All parts, percentages and ratios used herein are expressed as percent weight unless otherwise specified.
In die following examples, die abbreviated component identifications have die following meanings:
LAS Sodium linear Cj2 alkyl benzene sulfonate TAS Sodium tallow alkyl sulfate
C45AS Sodium C14-Q5 linear alkyl sulfate CxyEzS Sodium Cιx-Cjy branched alkyl sulfate condensed widi z moles of ethylene oxide
C45E7 : A C14.15 predominantly linear primary alcohol condensed widi an average of 7 moles of ethylene oxide C25E3 A C12-15 branched primary alcohol condensed with an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide
C25E5 A C 12-15 branched primary alcohol condensed widi an average of 5 moles of ethylene oxide
CocoEO2 Rl .N+(CH3)(C2H4OH)2 with Ri = C12 -C14
Soap Sodium linear alkyl carboxylate derived from an 80/20 mixmre of tallow and coconut oils.
TFAA Cjg-Cjg alkyl N-methyl glucamide
TPKFA C12-C14 topped whole cut fatty acids
STPP Anhydrous sodium tripolyphosphate
Zeolite A Hydrated Sodium Aluminosilicate of formula
Nai2(A102Siθ2)i2- 27H2O having a primary particle size in the range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers
NaSKS-6 Crystalline layered silicate of formula δ -Na2S-2θ5
Citric acid Anhydrous citric acid Carbonate Anhydrous sodium carbonate with a particle size between 200μm and 900μm
Bicarbonate Anhydrous sodium bicarbonate with a particle size distribution between 400μm and 1200μm
Silicate Amorphous Sodium Silicate (SiO2:Na2O; 2.0 ratio)
Sodium sulfate Anhydrous sodium sulfate
Citrate Tri-sodium citrate dihydrate of activity 86.4% widi a particle size distribution between 425 μm and 850 μm
MA/AA Copolymer of 1 :4 maleic/acrylic acid, average molecular weight 70,000.
CMC Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
Protease Proteolytic enzyme of activity 4KNPU/g sold by NOVO Industries A/S under the tradename Savinase
Alcalase Proteolytic enzyme of activity 3AU/g sold by NOVO Industries A/S
Cellulase Cellulytic enzyme of activity 1000 CEVU/g sold by NOVO Industries A/S under the tradename Carezyme Amylase Amylolytic enzyme of activity 60KNU/g sold by NOVO Industries A/S under the tradename Termamyl 60T Lipase Lipolytic enzyme of activity lOOkLU/g sold by Lipolase Endolase Endoglunase enzyme of activity 3000 CEVU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A/S
PB4 Sodium perborate tetrahydrate of nominal formula
NaBO2.3H2θ.H2θ2
PB1 Anhydrous sodium perborate bleach of nominal formula NaBθ2-H2θ2
Percarbonate Sodium Percarbonate of nominal formula
2Na2CO3.3H2O2
NOBS Nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate in die form of the sodium salt. TAED Tetraacetylethylenediamine DTPMP : Diethylene triamine penta (methylene phosphonate), marketed by Monsanto under the Trade name Dequest 2060
Photoactivated Sulfonated Zinc Phthalocyanine encapsulated in bleach dextrin soluble polymer
Brightener 1 Disodium 4,4' -bis(2-sulphostyryl)bipheny 1 Brightener 2 Disodium 4,4 ' -bis(4-anilino-6-morphoIino-
1.3.5-triazin-2-yl)amino) stilbene-2:2'-disulfonate.
HEDP 1,1-hydroxyethane diphosphonic acid PVNO Polyvinylpyridine N-oxide PVPVI Copolymer of polyvinylpyrrolidone and vinylimidazole
SRA1 Sulfobenzoyl end capped esters with oxyediylene oxy and terephthaloyl backbone
SRA2 Diedioxylated poly (1, 2 propylene terephthalate) short block polymer
Silicone antifoam Polydimediylsiloxane foam controller with siloxane-oxyalkylene copolymer as dispersing agent with a ratio of said foam controller to said dispersing agent of 10:1 to 100:1.
In die following Examples all levels are quoted as % by weight of die composition. EXAMPLE I
The following detergent formulations according to die present invention are prepared, where A and C are phosphorus-containing detergent compositions and B is a zeolite- containing detergent composition.
A B C
Blown Powder
STPP 24.0 - 24.0
Zeolite A - 24.0 -
C45AS 8.0 5.0 11.0
MA/AA 2.0 4.0 2.0
LAS 6.0 8.0 11.0
TAS 1.5 - -
CocoMeEO2* 1.5 1.0 2.0
Silicate 7.0 3.0 3.0
CMC 1.0 1.0 0.5
Brightener 2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Soap 1.0 1.0 1.0
DTPMP 0.4 0.4 0.2
Spray On
C45E7 2.5 2.5 2.0
C25E3 2.5 2.5 2.0
Silicone antifoam 0.3 0.3 0.3
Perfume 0.3 0.3 0.3
Dry additives
Carbonate 6.0 13.0 15.0
PB4 - 4.0 10.0
PB1 4.0 - 0
Percarbonate 18.0 18.0 21.0
TAED 3.0 3.0 -
Photoactivated bleach 0.02 0.02 0.02
Protease 1.0 1.0 1.0
Lipase 0.4 0.4 0.4
Amylase 0.25 0.30 0.15
Dry mixed sodium sulfate 3.0 3.0 5.0 Balance (Moismre &
Miscellaneous) To: 100.0 100.0 100.0
Density (g/litre) 630 670 670
*The bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
EXAMPLE II
The following detergent formulations, according to die present invention are prepared:
D E F
Blown Powder
Zeolite A 30.0 22.0 6.0
Sodium sulfate 19.0 5.0 7.0
MA/AA 3.0 3.0 6.0
LAS 13.0 11.0 21.0
C45AS 8.0 7.0 7.0
CocoMeEO2* 1.0 1.0 1.0
Silicate - 1.0 5.0
Soap - - 2.0
Brightener 1 0.2 0.2 0.2
Carbonate 8.0 16.0 20.0
DTPMP - 0.4 0.4
Spray On
C45E7 1.0 1.0 1.0
Dry additives
PVPVI/PVNO 0.5 0.5 0.5
Protease 1.0 1.0 1.0
Lipase 0.4 0.4 0.4
Amylase 0.1 0.1 0.1
Cellulase 0.1 0.1 0.1
NOBS - 6.1 4.5
Percarbonate 7.0 5.0 6.0
Sodium sulfate - 6.0 -
Balance (Moisture & Miscellaneous) To: 100 100 100
The bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
EXAMPLE πi
The following high density detergent formulations, according to die present invention are prepared:
H
Blown Powder
Zeolite A 15.0 15.0 15.0
Sodium sulfate 0.0 5.0 0.0
LAS 3.0 3.0 3.0
CocoMeEO2* 1.0 1.5 1.5
DTPMP 0.4 0.4 0.4
CMC 0.4 0.4 0.4
MA/AA 4.0 2.0 2.0 jΛggiumcraics LAS 5.0 5.0 5.0
TAS 2.0 2.0 1.0
Silicate 3.0 3.0 4.0
Zeolite A 8.0 8.0 8.0
Carbonate 8.0 8.0 4.0
Spray On
Perfume 0.3 0.3 0.3
C45E7 2.0 2.0 2.0
C25E3 2.0 - -
Dry additives
Citrate 5.0 - 2.0
Bicarbonate - 3.0 -
Carbonate 8.0 15.0 10.0
TAED 6.0 2.0 5.0
Percarbonate 13.0 7.0 10.0
Polyethylene oxide of MW 5,000,000 - - 0.2
Bentonite clay - - 10.0
Protease 1.0 1.0 1.0
Lipase 0.4 0.4 0.4
Amylase 0.6 0.6 0.6
Cellulase 0.6 0.6 0.6
Silicone antifoam 5.0 5.0 5.0 Dry additives
Sodium sulfate 0.0 3.0 0.0 Balance (Moismre &
Miscellaneous) To: 100.0 100.0 100.0 Density (g/litre) 850 850 850
*The bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
EXAMPLE IV
The following high density detergent formulations according to die present invention are prepared:
M N
Blown Powder Zeolite A 2.5 2.5
Sodium sulfate 1.0 1.0 CocoMeEO2* 1.5 1.5 Agglomerate C45AS 11.0 14.0 Zeolite A 15.0 6.0
Carbonate 4.0 8.0 MA/AA 4.0 2.0 CMC 0.5 0.5 DTPMP 0.4 0.4 Spray On C25E5 5.0 5.0
Perfume 0.5 0.5
Dry Adds
HEDP 0.5 0.3
SKS 6 13.0 10.0
Citrate 3.0 1.0
TAED 5.0 7.0
Percarbonate 15.0 15.0
SRA 1 0.3 0.3
Protease 1.4 1.4
Lipase 0.4 0.4
Cellulase 0.6 0.6
Amylase 0.6 0.6
Silicone antifoam 5.0 5.0
Brightener 1 0.2 0.2
Brightener 2 0.2 -
Balance (Moismre &
Miscellaneous) To: 100 100
Density (g/litre) 850 850 *The bis-AQA-1 (CocoMeEO2) surfactant of the Example may be replaced by an equivalent amount of any of surfactants bis-AQA-2 through bis-AQA-22 or other bis-AQA surfactants herein.
Any of the granular detergent compositions provided herein may be tabletted using known tabletting methods to provide detergent tablets.
The manufacmre of heavy duty liquid detergent compositions, especially those designed for fabric laundering, which comprise a non-aqueous canier medium can be conducted in die manner disclosed in more detail hereinafter. In an alternate mode, such non-aqueous compositions can be prepared according to die disclosures of U.S. Patents 4,753,570;
4,767,558; 4,772,413; 4,889,652; 4,892,673; GB-A-2, 158,838; GB-A-2,195,125; GB-A- 2,195,649; U.S. 4,988,462; U.S. 5,266,233; EP-A-225,654 (6/16/87); EP-A-510,762 (10/28/92); EP-A-540,089 (5/5/93); EP-A-540,090 (5/5/93); U.S. 4,615,820; EP-A- 565,017 (10/13/93); EP-A-030,096 (6/10/81), incorporated herein by reference. Such compositions can contain various paniculate detersive ingredients (e.g., bleaching agents, as disclosed hereinabove) stably suspended dierein. Such non-aqueous compositions thus comprise a LIQUID PHASE and, optionally but preferably, a SOLID PHASE, all as described in more detail hereinafter and in die cited references. The AQA surfactants are incorporated in die compositions at the levels and in die manner described hereinabove for the manufacmre of other laundry detergent compositions.
LIQUID PHASE
The liquid phase will generally comprise from 35% to 99% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably, the liquid phase will comprise from 50% to 95% by weight of the compositions. Most preferably, the liquid phase will comprise from 45% to 75% by weight of the compositions herein. The liquid phase of die detergent compositions herein essentially contains relatively high concentrations of a certain type anionic surfactant combined with a certain type of nonaqueous, liquid diluent.
(A) Essential Anionic Surfactant
The anionic surfactant is an essential component of die nonaqueous liquid phase and is selected from the alkali metal salts of alkylbenzene sulfonic acids in which die alkyl group contains from 10 to 16 carbon atoms, in straight chain or branched chain configuration. (See U.S. Patents 2,220,099 and 2,477,383, incorporated herein by reference.) Especially preferred are the sodium and potassium linear straight chain alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS) in which the average number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is from 11 to 14. Sodium Cu-Ci4 LAS is especially prefened.
The alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant will be dissolved in the nonaqueous liquid diluent which makes up die second essential component of die nonaqueous phase. To form the structured liquid phase required for suitable phase stability and acceptable rheology, the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant is generally present to the extent of from 30% to 65% by weight of the liquid phase. More preferably, the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant will comprise from 35% to 50% by weight of the nonaqueous liquid phase of die compositions herein. Utilization of this anionic surfactant in these concentrations corresponds to an anionic surfactant concentration in the total composition of from 15% to 60% by weight, more preferably from 20% to 40% by weight, of the composition. (B) Nonaqueous Liquid Diluent
To form the liquid phase of die detergent compositions, the hereinbefore described alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant is combined widi a nonaqueous liquid diluent which contains two essential components. These two components are a liquid alcohol alkoxylate material and a nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent. Alcohol Alkoxylates
One essential component of the liquid diluent used to form the compositions herein comprises an alkoxylated fatty alcohol material. Such materials are themselves also nonionic surfactants. Such materials conespond to die general formula:
R1(CmH2mO)nOH wherein R1 is a Cg - Cj6 alkyl group, m is from 2 to 4, and n ranges from 2 to 12.
Preferably Rl is an alkyl group, which may be primary or secondary, that contains from 9 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably from 10 to 14 carbon atoms. Preferably also the alkoxylated fatty alcohols will be edioxylated materials that contain from 2 to 12 ethylene oxide moieties per molecule, more preferably from 3 to 10 ethylene oxide moieties per molecule.
The alkoxylated fatty alcohol component of die liquid diluent will frequently have a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB) which ranges from 3 to 17. More preferably, the HLB of diis material will range from 6 to 15, most preferably from 8 to 15.
Examples of fatty alcohol alkoxylates useful as one of die essential components of die nonaqueous liquid diluent in die compositions herein will include diose which are made from alcohols of 12 to 15 carbon atoms and which contain 7 moles of ethylene oxide. Such materials have been commercially marketed under die trade names Neodol 25-7 and Neodol 23-6.5 by Shell Chemical Company. Odier useful Neodols include Neodol 1-5, an ethoxylated fatty alcohol averaging 11 carbon atoms in its alkyl chain with 5 moles of ediylene oxide; Neodol 23-9, an edioxylated primary Cj2 - Cj3 alcohol having 9 moles of ethylene oxide and Neodol 91-10, an edioxylated C9 - Cu primary alcohol having 10 moles of ediylene oxide. Alcohol ethoxy lates of this type have also been marketed by Shell Chemical Company under the Dobanol tradename. Dobanol 91-5 is an ethoxylated C9-C1 \ fatty alcohol widi an average of 5 moles ethylene oxide and Dobanol 25-7 is an edioxylated Cl2"Cl5 fatty alcohol with an average of 7 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of fatty alcohol.
Other examples of suitable ethoxylated alcohols include Tergitol 15-S-7 and Tergitol 15-S-9 both of which are linear secondary alcohol ethoxylates diat have been commercially marketed by Union Carbide Corporation. The former is a mixed edioxylation product of Cu to C\5 linear secondary alkanol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide and die latter is a similar product but with 9 moles of ethylene oxide being reacted.
Odier types of alcohol edioxylates useful in die present compositions are higher molecular weight nonionics, such as Neodol 45-11, which are similar ethylene oxide condensation products of higher fatty alcohols, with die higher fatty alcohol being of 14-15 carbon atoms and the number of ethylene oxide groups per mole being 11. Such products have also been commercially marketed by Shell Chemical Company.
The alcohol alkoxylate component which is essentially utilized as part of the liquid diluent in die nonaqueous compositions herein will generally be present to the extent of from 1 % to 60% of the liquid phase composition. More preferably, the alcohol alkoxylate component will comprise 5% to 40% of the liquid phase. Most preferably, the essentially utilized alcohol alkoxylate component will comprise from 5% to 30% of the detergent composition liquid phase. Utilization of alcohol alkoxylate in diese concentrations in the liquid phase corresponds to an alcohol alkoxylate concentration in die total composition of from 1% to 60% by weight, more preferably from 2% to 40% by weight, and most preferably from 5% to 25% by weight, of the composition. ii) Nonaqueous Low-Polaritv Organic Solvent
A second essential component of die liquid diluent which forms part of the liquid phase of die detergent compositions herein comprises nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent(s). The term "solvent" is used herein to connote the non-surface active canier or diluent portion of the liquid phase of die composition. While some of the essential and/or optional components of the compositions herein may actually dissolve in die " solvent "-containing liquid phase, odier components will be present as particulate material dispersed widiin die "solvent "-containing liquid phase. Thus the term "solvent" is not meant to require that die solvent material be capable of actually dissolving all of die detergent composition components added diereto. The nonaqueous organic materials which are employed as solvents herein are those which are liquids of low polarity. For purposes of this invention, "low-polarity" liquids are those which have little, if any, tendency to dissolve sodium percarbonate. Thus relatively polar solvents such as ethanol should not be utilized. Suitable types of low-polarity solvents useful in the nonaqueous liquid detergent compositions herein do include non-vicinal C4-Cg alkylene glycols, alkylene glycol mono lower alkyl ethers, lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols, lower molecular weight methyl esters and amides.
A prefened type of nonaqueous, low-polarity solvent for use in die compositions herein comprises the non-vicinal C4-Cg branched or straight chain alkylene glycols. Materials of this type include hexylene glycol (4-methyl-2,4-pentanediol), 1,6-hexanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol and 1,4-butylene glycol. Hexylene glycol is die most preferred.
Another prefened type of nonaqueous, low-polarity solvent for use herein comprises the mono-, di-, tri-, or terra- C2-C3 alkylene glycol mono C2-C6 alkyl ethers. The specific examples of such compounds include diediylene glycol monobutyl edier, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl edier, and dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether. Diediylene glycol monobutyl ether and dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether are especially prefened. Compounds of die type have been commercially marketed under die tradenames Dowanol, Carbitol, and Cellosolve.
Anodier prefened type of nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent useful herein comprises the lower molecular weight polyediylene glycols (PEGs). Such materials are those having molecular weights of at least 150. PEGs of molecular weight ranging from 200 to 600 are most prefened.
Yet anodier prefened type of non-polar, nonaqueous solvent comprises lower molecular weight methyl esters. Such materials are those of die general formula: R*-C(O)-OCH3 wherein R* ranges from 1 to 18. Examples of suitable lower molecular weight methyl esters include methyl acetate, mediyl propionate, methyl octanoate, and methyl dodecanoate.
The nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent(s) employed should, of course, be compatible and non-reactive with other composition components, e.g., bleach and/or activators, used in die liquid detergent compositions herein. Such a solvent component will generally be utilized in an amount of from 1 % to 70% by weight of die liquid phase. More preferably, the nonaqueous, low-polarity organic solvent will comprise from 10% to 60% by weight of the liquid phase, most preferably from 20% to 50% by weight, of the liquid phase of die composition. Utilization of this organic solvent in these concentrations in the liquid phase conesponds to a solvent concentration in the total composition of from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferably from 5% to 40% by weight, and most preferably from 10% to 30% by weight, of the composition. iii) Alcohol Alkoxylate To Solvent Ratio
The ratio of alcohol alkoxylate to organic solvent within the liquid diluent can be used to vary the rheological properties of the detergent compositions eventually formed. Generally, the weight ratio of alcohol alkoxylate to organic solvent will range from 50:1 to 1:50. More preferably, this ratio will range from 3:1 to 1:3. iv) Liquid Diluent Concentration
As with die concentration of the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant mixture, the amount of total liquid diluent in die nonaqueous liquid phase herein will be determined by die type and amounts of odier composition components and by die desired composition properties. Generally, the liquid diluent will comprise from 35% to 70% of the nonaqueous liquid phase of die compositions herein. More preferably, the liquid diluent will comprise from 50% to 65% of the nonaqueous liquid phase. This conesponds to a nonaqueous liquid diluent concentration in die total composition of from 15% to 70% by weight, more preferably from 20% to 50% by weight, of die composition.
SOLID PHASE
The nonaqueous detergent compositions herein also essentially comprise from 1 % to 65% by weight, more preferably from 5% to 50% by weight, of a solid phase of paniculate material which is dispersed and suspended within die liquid phase. Generally such paniculate material will range in size from 0.1 to 1500 microns. More preferably such material will range in size from 5 to 200 microns.
The paniculate material utilized herein can comprise one or more types of detergent composition components which in paniculate form are substantially insoluble in the nonaqueous liquid phase of die composition. The types of paniculate materials which can be utilized are described in detail as follows:
COMPOSITION PREPARATION AND USE
The nonaqueous liquid detergent compositions herein can be prepared by combining die essential and optional components thereof in any convenient order and by mixing, e.g., agitating, die resulting component combination to form the phase stable compositions herein. In a typical process for preparing such compositions, essential and certain prefened optional components will be combined in a particular order and under certain conditions.
In die first step of such a typical preparation process, an admixture of the alkylbenzene sulfonate anionic surfactant and die two essential components of die nonaqueous diluent is formed by heating a combination of diese materials to a temperamre from 30°C to 100°C.
In a second process step, the heated admixture formed as hereinbefore described is maintained under shear agitation at a temperamre from 40°C to 100°C for a period of from 2 minutes to 20 hours. Optionally, a vacuum can be applied to die admixture at this point. This second process step serves to completely dissolve die anionic surfactant in the nonaqueous liquid phase.
In a third process step, this liquid phase combination of materials is cooled to a temperature of from 0°C to 35 °C. This cooling step serves to form a structured, surfactant-containing liquid base into which die paniculate material of the detergent compositions herein can be added and dispersed.
Paniculate material is added in a fourth process step by combining die paniculate material widi die liquid base which is maintained under conditions of shear agitation. When more than one type of paniculate material is to be added, it is prefened diat a certain order of addition be observed. For example, while shear agitation is maintained, essentially all of any optional surfactants in solid paniculate form can be added in the form of particles ranging in size from 0.2 to 1,000 microns. After addition of any optional surfactant particles, particles of substantially all of an organic builder, e.g., citrate and/or fatty acid, and/or an alkalinity source, e.g., sodium carbonate, can be added while continuing to maintain diis admixture of composition components under shear agitation. Other solid form optional ingredients can dien be added to die composition at this point. Agitation of die mixmre is continued, and if necessary, can be increased at diis point to form a uniform dispersion of insoluble solid phase particulates within die liquid phase.
After some or all of the foregoing solid materials have been added to diis agitated mixmre, the paryςles of the highly prefened peroxygen bleaching agent can be added to die composition, again while the mixture is maintained under shear agitation. By adding die peroxygen bleaching agent material last, or after all or most of the odier components, and especially after alkalinity source particles, have been added, desirable stability benefits for the peroxygen bleach can be realized. If enzyme prills are incorporated, they are preferably added to die nonaqueous liquid matrix last.
As a final process step, after addition of all of die paniculate material, agitation of the mixmre is continued for a period of time sufficient to form compositions having the requisite viscosity and phase stability characteristics. Frequently this will involve agitation for a period of from 1 to 30 minutes.
As a variation of the composition preparation procedure hereinbefore described, one or more of the solid components may be added to die agitated mixture as a slurry of particles premixed widi a minor portion of one or more of the liquid components. Thus a premix of a small fraction of the alcohol alkoxylate and/or nonaqueous, low-polarity solvent with particles of the organic builder material and/or die particles of the inorganic alkalinity source and/or particles of a bleach activator may be separately formed and added as a slurry to the agitated mixmre of composition components. Addition of such slurry premixes should precede addition of peroxygen bleaching agent and/or enzyme particles which may themselves be part of a premix slurry formed in analogous fashion.
The compositions of diis invention, prepared as hereinbefore described, can be used to form aqueous washing solutions for use in the laundering and bleaching of fabrics. Generally, an effective amount of such compositions is added to water, preferably in a conventional fabric laundering automatic washing machine, to form such aqueous laundering/bleaching solutions. The aqueous washing/bleaching solution so formed is men contacted, preferably under agitation, with die fabrics to be laundered and bleached dierewith. An effective amount of die liquid detergent compositions herein added to water to form aqueous laundering/bleaching solutions can comprise amounts sufficient to form from 500 to 7,000 ppm of composition in aqueous solution. More preferably, from 800 to 3,000 ppm of the detergent compositions herein will be provided in aqueous washing/bleaching solution.
EXAMPLE V
A non-limiting example of a bleach-containing nonaqueous liquid laundry detergent is prepared having the composition as set forth in Table I.
Table I
Component Wt. % Range (% wt.)
Liquid Phase
Na C12 Linear alkylbenzene sulfonate (LAS) 25.3 18-35
C12-14, EO5 alcohol ethoxylate 13.6 10-20
Hexylene glycol 27.3 20-30
Perfume 0.4 0-1.0 bis-AQA-1* 2.0 1-3.0
Solids
Protease enzyme 0.4 0-1.0
Na3 Citrate, anhydrous 4.3 3-6
Sodium percarbonate 3.4 2-7
Sodium nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS) 8.0 2-12
Sodium carbonate 13.9 5-20
Diethyl triamine pentaacetic acid (DTPA) 0.9 0-1.5
Brightener 0.4 0-0.6
Suds Suppressor 0.1 0-0.3
Minors Balance —
*CocoMeEO2. bis-AQA-1 may be replaced by bis-AQA surfactants 2-22 or other bis
AQA surfactants herein.
The composition is prepared by mixing die bis-AQA and LAS, dien die hexylene glycol and alcohol edioxylate, togedier at 54°C (130°F) for 1/2 hour. This mixmre is then cooled to 29°C (85 °F) whereupon the remaining components are added. The resulting composition is then stined at 29°C (85°F) for another 1/2 hour.
The resulting composition is a stable anhydrous heavy duty liquid laundry detergent which provides excellent stain and soil removal performance when used in normal fabric laundering operations.
EXAMPLE VI
The following hand wash detergent formulations, according to die present invention, are prepared by mixing die ingredients togetiier in the percentage weight amounts as indicated below.
A B C D
LAS 15.0 12.0 15.0 12.0
TFAA 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0
C25E5 4.0 2.0 4.0 2.0
AQA-9* 2.0 3.0 3.0 2.0
STPP 25.0 25.0 15.0 15.0
MA/AA 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
CMC 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
DTPMP 1.0 1.6 1.6 1.6
Carbonate 2.0 2.0 5.0 5.0
Bicarbonate - - 2.0 2.0
Silicate 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
Protease 1.0 - 1.0 1.0
Amylase 0.4 0.4 0.4 -
Lipase 0.12 0.12 - 0.12
Photoactivated bleach 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Sulfate 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
Percarbonate 4.0 5.4 4.0 2.3
NOBS 2.6 3.1 2.5 1.7
SRA 1 0.3 0.3 0.7 0.3
Brightener 1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 Balance misc./ water 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 to 100
AQA-9*; May be replaced by any AQA surfactant described herein. Prefened AQA surfactants for use in this example are those widi from 10 to 15 ethoxy groups; for example AQA-10, AQA-16.
The foregoing Examples illustrate the present invention as it relates to fabric laundering compositions, whereas the following Examples are intended to illustrate other types of cleaning compositions according to this invention, but are not intended to be limiting thereof.
Modern, high performance hand dishwashing compositions can contain ingredients which are designed to provide specific in-use product attributes such as grease cutting ability, high sudsing, mildness and skin feel benefits. Such ingredients for use with die bis-AQA surfactants herein include, for example, amine oxide surfactants, betaine and/or sultaine surfactants, alkyl sulfate and alkyl edioxy sulfate surfactants, liquid carriers, especially water and water/propylene glycol mixmres, natural oils such lemon oil. In addition, preferred liquid and/or gel hand dishwashing compositions may also contain calcium ions, magnesium ions, or mixmres of calcium/magnesium ions, which afford additional grease cutting performance advantages especially when used in combination widi detersive mixmres comprising the bis-AQA surfactant herein in combination with, for example, amine oxide, alkyl sulfates and alkyl ethoxy sulfates. Magnesium or calcium or mixed Mg/Ca ion sources typically comprise from 0.01% to 4%, preferably from 0.02% to 2%, by weight, of such compositions. Various water-soluble sources of these ions include, for example, sulfate, chloride and acetate salts. Moreover, these compositions may also contain nonionic surfactants, especially those of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and alkyl polyglucaside classes. Preferred are die C12-C14 (coconut alkyl) members of diese classes. An especially preferred nonionic surfactant for use in hand dishwashing liquids is C12-C14 N-methylglucamide. Prefened amine oxides include Cj2"^14 dimediylamine oxide. The alkyl sulfates and alkyl edioxy sulfates are as described hereinabove. Usage levels for such surfactants in dishwashing liquids is typically in die range from 3% to 50% of the finished composition. The formulation of dishwashing liquid compositions has been described in more detail in various patent publications including U.S. 5,378,409, U.S. 5,376,310 and U.S. 5,417,893, incorporated herein by reference.
Modern automatic dishwashing detergents can contain bleaching agents such as hypochlorite sources; perborate, percarbonate or persulfate bleaches; enzymes such as proteases, lipases and amylases, or mixmres diereof; rinse-aids, especially nonionic surfactants; builders, including zeolite and phosphate builders; low-sudsing detersive surfactants, especially ethylene oxide/propylene oxide condensates. Such compositions are typically in the form of granules or gels. If used in gel form, various gelling agents known in the literature can be employed.
The following Examples A and B further illustrate the invention herein with respect to a granular phosphate-containing automatic dishwashing detergent.
EXAMPLE VH
% by weight of active material
INGREDIENTS A B
STPP (anhydrous)1 31 26
Sodium Carbonate 22 32
Silicate (% S-O2) 9 7
Surfactant (nonionic) 3 1.5
NaDCC Bleach2 2 — bis-AQA-1* 0.5 1.0
Sodium Percarbonate 3.2 5
TAED — 1.5
Savinase (Au/g) — 0.04
Termamyl (Amu/g) 425
Sulfate 25 25
Perfume/Minors to 100% to 100%
1 Sodium tripolyphosphate
^Sodium dichlorocyanurate
The bis-AQA-1 surfactant can be replaced by bis-AQA-2 dirough bis-AQA-22
Various gelling agents such as CMC, clays, can be used in die compositions to provide varying degrees of viscosity or rigidity, according to die desires of the formulator. EXAMPLE Vm The following illustrates mixtures of bis-AQA surfactants which can be substimted for the bis-AQA surfactants listed in any of die foregoing Examples. As disclosed hereinabove, such mixmres can be used to provide a spectrum of performance benefits and/or to provide cleaning compositions which are useful over a wide variety of usage conditions. PreferaWy, the bis-AQA surfactants in such mixmres differ by at least 1.5, preferably 2.5- 20, total EO units. Ratio ranges (wt.) for such mixmres are typically 10:1-1:10. Non- limiting examples of such mixmres are as follows.
Components Ratio (wt.) bis-AQA-1 + bis-AQA-5 1:1 bis-AQA-1 + bis-AQA-10 1: 1 bis-AQA-1 + bis-AQA-15 1:2 bis-AQA-1 + bis-AQA-5
+ bis-AQA-20 1: 1:1 bis-AQA-2 + bis-AQA-5 3:1 bis-AQA-5 + bis-AQA-15 1.5:1 bis-AQA-1 + bis-AQA-20 1:3
Mixmres of the bis-AQA surfactants herein with die conesponding cationic surfactants which contain only a single ethoxylated chain can also be used. Thus, for example, mixmres of ethoxylated cationic surfactants of the formula RlN+CH3[EO]x[EO]yX" and R1N+(CH3)2[EO]ZX", wherein R\ and X are as disclosed above and wherein one of die cationics has (x+y) or z in die range 1-5 preferably 1-2 and die odier has (x+y) or z in the range 3-100, preferably 10-20, most preferably 14-16, can be used herein. Such compositions advantageously provide improved detergency performance (especially in a fabric laundering context) over a broader range of water hardness dian do die cationic surfactants herein used individually. It has now been discovered diat shorter EO cationics (e.g., EO2) improve the cleaning performance of anionic surfactants in soft water, whereas higher EO cationics (e.g., EO15) act to improve hardness tolerance of anionic surfactants, thereby improving the cleaning performance of anionic surfactants in hard water. Conventional wisdom in the detergency art suggests that builders can optimize the performance "window" of anionic surfactants. Until now, however, broadening die window to encompass essentially all conditions of water hardness has been impossible to achieve. The laundry detergent compositions prepared using one or more foregoing combinations of ingredients can optionally be built with any non-phosphate or phosphate builders, or mixmres thereof, typically at levels of from 5% to 70%, by weight of finished composition.
EXAMPLE IX
The following illustrates mixtures of conventional non-AQA surfactants which can be used in combination widi die bis-AQA surfactants in any of the foregoing Examples, but is not intended to be limiting thereof. The ratios of non-AQA surfactants in die mixmres are noted in parts by weight of the surfactant mixmres.
Mixmres A-C Ingredients Ratios
AS*/LAS 1:1
AS/LAS 10:1 (pref. 4:1)
AS/LAS 1: 10 (pref. 1:4)
In the foregoing, the primary, substantially linear AS surfactant can be replaced by an equivalent amount of secondary AS or branched-chain AS, oleyl sulfate, and/or mixmres thereof, including mixmres with linear, primary AS as shown above. The "tallow" chain length AS is particularly useful under hot water conditions, up to die boil. "Coconut" AS is prefened for cooler wash temperatures.
The mixtures of alkyl sulfate/anionic surfactants noted above are modified by incorporating a nonionic non-AQA surfactant therein at a weight ratio of anionic (total) to nonionic in the range of 25:1 to 1:5. The nonionic surfactant can comprise any of the conventional classes of edioxylated alcohols or alkyl phenols, alkylpolyglycosides or polyhydroxy fatty acid amides (less prefened if LAS is present), or mixmres thereof, such as those disclosed hereinabove. Mixmres D-F
AS*/AES 1: 1
AS/AES 10:1 (pref. 4:1)
AS/AES 1:10 (pref. 1:4) *Can be replaced by secondary, branched or oleyl AS as noted above. The mixmres of AS/AES noted above can be modified by incorporating LAS therein at a weight ratio of AS/AES (total) to LAS in the range from 1:10 to 10:1.
The mixmres of AS/AES or their resulting AS/AES/LAS mixmres can also be combined widi nonionic surfactants as noted for Mixmres A-C at weight ratios of anionic (total) to nonionic in the range of 25:1 to 1:5.
Any of the foregoing mixtures can be modified by the incorporation therein of an amine oxide surfactant, wherein the amine oxide comprises from 1 % to 50% of the total surfactant mixmre.
Highly preferred combinations of the foregoing non-AQA surfactants will comprise from 3% to 60%, by weight, of die total finished laundry detergent composition. The finished compositions will preferably comprise from 0.25% to 3.5%, by weight, of the bis-AQA surfactant.
Example X This Example illustrates perfume formulations (A-C) made in accordance widi die invention for incorporation into any of the foregoing Examples of bis-AQA-containing detergent compositions. The various ingredients and levels are set forth below.
(% Weight) Perfume Ingredient A B Q
Hexyl cinnamic aldehyde 10.0 - 5.0 2-methyl-3-(para-tert-butylphenyl)-propionaldehyde 5.0 5.0
7-acetyl-l,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydro-l, 1,6,7- tetramethyl naphthalene 5.0 10.0 10.0
Benzyl salicylate 5.0
7-acetyl-l, 1,3,4,4,6-hexamethyltetralin 10.0 5.0 10.0 Para-(tert-butyl) cyclohexyl acetate 5.0 5.0
Methyl dihydro jasmonate - 5.0
Beta-napdiol mediyl edier - 0.5
Mediyl beta-naphthyl ketone - 0.5
2-methyl-2-(para-iso-propylphenyl)-propionaldehyde - 2.0 1 ,3,4,6,7,8-hexahydro-4,6,6,7,8,8-hexamethyl- cyclopenta-gamma-2-benzopyrane - 9.5
Dodecahydro-3a,6,6,9a-tetramethylnaphtho- [2,lb]furan - - 0.1
Anisaldehyde - - 0.5 Coumarin - - 5.0
Cedrol - - 0.5
Vanillin - - 5.0
Cyclopentadecanolide 3.0 - 10.0
Tricyclodecenyl acetate - - 2.0 Labdanum resin - - 2.0
Tricyclodecenyl propionate - - 2.0
Phenyl ethyl alcohol 20.0 10.0 27.9
Terpineol 10.0 5.0 -
Linalool 10.0 10.0 5.0 Linalyl acetate 5.0 - 5.0
Geraniol 5.0 - -
Nerol - 5.0 -
2-(l , 1 -dimedιyledιyl)-cyclohexanol acetate 5.0 - -
Orange oil, cold pressed - 5.0 - Benzyl acetate 2.0 2.0 -
Orange terpenes - 10.0 -
Eugenol - 1.0 -
Diethylphdialate - 9.5 -
Lemon oil, cold pressed - - 10.0 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0
The foregoing perfume compositions are admixed or sprayed-onto (typically at levels up to about 2% by weight of the total detergent composition) any of the bis-AQA surfactant-containing cleaning (including bleaching) compositions disclosed herein.
Improved deposition and/or retention of the perfume or individual components thereof on the surface being cleaned (or bleached) is dius secured.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A composition comprising or prepared by combining, a percarbonate bleach, one or more non-AQA detersive surfactants and an effective amount of a bis-alkoxylated quaternary ammomum (bis-AC^A) cationic surfactant of the formula:
Figure imgf000080_0001
wherein R1 is a linear, branched, substimted Cg-Cjg alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, ether or glycityl ether moiety, R2 is a C1-C3 alkyl moiety, R and R4 can vary independently and are selected from hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, X is an anion, and A and A' can vary independendy and are each C1-C4 alkoxy, p and q can very independently and are integers in the range of from 1 to 30.
2. A composition according to Claim 1 which is prepared by mixing the non-AQA surfactant and die bis-AQA surfactant.
3. A composition according to eitiier of Claims 1 or 2 wherein the non-AQA surfactant is an anionic surfactant.
4. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 3 wherein the ratio of bis-AQA to non- AQA surfactant is from 1:15 to 1:8.
5. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 4 wherein, said bis-AQA surfactant has the formula such that R1 is Cg-C^g alkyl, R2 is methyl A and A' are ethoxy or propoxy groups and p and q are each integers of 1 to 8.
6. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 5 wherein said bis-AQA surfactant has die formula such that R\ is Cg-Cjg alkyl, R2 is methyl A and A' are ethoxy or propoxy groups and p and q are each integers of 1 to 4.
7. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 6 wherein the formula of the bis-AQA cationic surfactant is such that p and/or q are integers in the range of from 10 to 15.
8. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 7 comprising two or more bis- alkoxylated AQA surfactants, or a mixmre of a bis-AQA surfactant and a mono-etiioxylated cationic surfactant.
9. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 8 comprising two or more non-AQA surfactants and a mixmre of two or more bis-AQA surfactants.
10. A composition according to any of Claims 1 to 9 in a granular, bar, aqueous liquid or non-aqueous liquid, or tablet form.
11. A method for removing soils and stains by contacting said soils and stains widi a detergent composition, or aqueous medium comprising said detergent composition, according to any of Claims 1 to 10.
12. A method according to Claim 11 for removing bleach sensitive soil from fabrics.
13. A method according to any of Claims 11 or 12 which is conducted in an automatic machine.
14. A method according to any of Claims 11 to 13 which is conducted by hand.
15. A method for enhancing the deposition or substantivity of perfumes or perfume ingredients onto fabrics or other surfaces, comprising contacting said surfaces with a perfume or perfume ingredient in die presence of a bis-AQA surfactant.
16. A method according to Claim 15 which is conducted using a perfume or perfume ingredient in combination widi a detergent composition comprising a bis-AQA.
PCT/US1997/008372 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition WO1997044432A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR9710675A BR9710675A (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
EP97927653A EP0906405A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
JP9542596A JPH11511799A (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
CA002254948A CA2254948A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US1788396P 1996-05-17 1996-05-17
US60/017,883 1996-05-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1997044432A1 true WO1997044432A1 (en) 1997-11-27

Family

ID=21785076

Family Applications (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1997/008314 WO1997044425A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008444 WO1997043388A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008316 WO1997044418A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008445 WO1997043394A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008315 WO1997044431A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008317 WO1997044419A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008372 WO1997044432A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008373 WO1997044433A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition

Family Applications Before (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1997/008314 WO1997044425A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008444 WO1997043388A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008316 WO1997044418A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008445 WO1997043394A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008315 WO1997044431A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition
PCT/US1997/008317 WO1997044419A2 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1997/008373 WO1997044433A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-05-16 Detergent composition

Country Status (9)

Country Link
EP (7) EP0912686A2 (en)
JP (8) JPH11511797A (en)
CN (6) CN1232489A (en)
AR (2) AR007169A1 (en)
BR (8) BR9710444A (en)
CA (8) CA2255005A1 (en)
MX (8) MX9809679A (en)
WO (8) WO1997044425A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA974226B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6136769A (en) * 1996-05-17 2000-10-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Alkoxylated cationic detergency ingredients

Families Citing this family (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ZA974226B (en) * 1996-05-17 1998-12-28 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
DE19824687A1 (en) * 1998-06-03 1999-12-09 Henkel Kgaa Detergents and cleaning agents containing amylase and acetonitrile derivatives
CA2347809C (en) * 1998-11-02 2007-04-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care compositions having reduced fabric abrasion
GB2348434A (en) * 1999-04-01 2000-10-04 Procter & Gamble Detergent compositions
US5994285A (en) * 1999-06-14 1999-11-30 Colgate-Palmolive Co. Liquid laundry detergent composition containing ethoxylated amine quaternary surfactant
DE19948668A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2001-04-19 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Detergent tablets
DE19948669A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2001-04-19 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Detergent tablets
DE19948670A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2001-04-19 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh laundry detergent
EP1228176A1 (en) * 1999-11-10 2002-08-07 Unilever Plc Automatic dishwashing compositions containing water soluble cationic surfactants
WO2001034742A1 (en) 1999-11-10 2001-05-17 Unilever Plc Automatic dishwashing compositions containing water soluble cationic surfactants
EP1158040B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2005-11-23 Clariant International Ltd. Use of cationic compounds
GB0021483D0 (en) * 2000-09-01 2000-10-18 Unilever Plc Fabric care composition
DE10045289A1 (en) * 2000-09-13 2002-03-28 Henkel Kgaa Fast-drying detergent and cleaning agent, especially hand dishwashing liquid
US6638902B2 (en) * 2001-02-01 2003-10-28 Ecolab Inc. Stable solid enzyme compositions and methods employing them
US6462014B1 (en) 2001-04-09 2002-10-08 Akzo Nobel N.V. Low foaming/defoaming compositions containing alkoxylated quaternary ammonium compounds
JP2003129099A (en) * 2001-10-24 2003-05-08 Kao Corp Powdered detergent composition for clothing
ES2258506T3 (en) * 2001-12-24 2006-09-01 Cognis Ip Management Gmbh CATION COMPOSITIONS FOR CLEANING HARD SURFACES.
BR0306184B1 (en) * 2002-02-25 2013-08-27 detergent composition
US20030228991A1 (en) * 2002-05-31 2003-12-11 Johnson Andress Kirsty Premix compositions suitable for the preparation of aqueous or semi-aqueous cleaning and degreasing formulations with low VOCs.
EP1418226B1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2006-10-04 Unilever N.V. Detergent composition
ES2596325T3 (en) 2002-12-04 2017-01-05 Clariant International Ltd Quaternary Ammonium Composition
US8110537B2 (en) * 2003-01-14 2012-02-07 Ecolab Usa Inc. Liquid detergent composition and methods for using
WO2006037438A1 (en) * 2004-10-04 2006-04-13 Unilever N.V. Liquid detergent composition
CN101448926B (en) * 2006-05-23 2011-06-08 西巴控股公司 A detergent composition for textile fibre materials
JP2009149775A (en) * 2007-12-20 2009-07-09 Lion Corp Cleaning agent composition for washing tub
TW201031743A (en) * 2008-12-18 2010-09-01 Basf Se Surfactant mixture comprising branched short-chain and branched long-chain components
JP5340821B2 (en) * 2009-06-22 2013-11-13 三洋化成工業株式会社 Kitchen cleaner composition
PL2333042T3 (en) * 2009-12-10 2015-12-31 Procter & Gamble Automatic dishwashing product and use thereof
WO2011110601A2 (en) * 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Basf Se Method for producing crude oil using cationic surfactants comprising a hydrophobic block having a chain length of 6 - 10 carbon atoms
JP5642533B2 (en) * 2010-12-24 2014-12-17 ライオン株式会社 Cleaning composition for automatic dishwasher
DE102012212728A1 (en) * 2012-07-19 2014-01-23 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Stable, liquid detergent with graying-inhibiting power II
CN104822816B (en) * 2012-12-12 2018-03-13 荷兰联合利华有限公司 Detergent composition
EP2978830B1 (en) * 2013-03-28 2019-03-20 The Procter and Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
JP6184830B2 (en) * 2013-06-14 2017-08-23 花王株式会社 Bleach cleaning composition
EP2915873A1 (en) * 2014-03-06 2015-09-09 The Procter and Gamble Company Dishwashing composition
CN104059783B (en) * 2014-06-10 2017-10-03 深圳市新纶科技股份有限公司 A kind of preparation method of detergent use surfactant
EP3050955B2 (en) * 2015-02-02 2023-11-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent pack
JP6684558B2 (en) * 2015-09-03 2020-04-22 ライオン株式会社 Liquid detergent for clothing
JP6732424B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2020-07-29 花王株式会社 Liquid detergent composition for clothing
EP3301160A1 (en) * 2016-10-03 2018-04-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Low ph laundry detergent composition
EP3545062B1 (en) * 2016-11-24 2020-02-19 Unilever N.V. Liquid detergent composition
WO2020007775A1 (en) * 2018-07-05 2020-01-09 Evonik Operations Gmbh Active substances for high-viscosity washing and cleaning formulations
EP4053328A1 (en) * 2021-03-02 2022-09-07 CHT Germany GmbH Combined bleaching treatment for textiles
WO2023087194A1 (en) * 2021-11-18 2023-05-25 Ecolab Usa Inc. Manual detergent for pot and pan with destaining function
NL2032249B1 (en) * 2022-06-22 2024-01-08 Hg Int B V Composition for removing limescale from colored sanitary ware

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0002084A1 (en) * 1977-11-17 1979-05-30 THE PROCTER &amp; GAMBLE COMPANY Granular detergent compositions for improved greasy soil removal
EP0026529A1 (en) * 1979-09-29 1981-04-08 THE PROCTER &amp; GAMBLE COMPANY Detergent compositions
JPS5959793A (en) * 1982-09-30 1984-04-05 ライオン株式会社 Granular detergent composition
EP0495554A1 (en) * 1991-01-16 1992-07-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions with high activity cellulase and quaternary ammonium compounds

Family Cites Families (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3668136A (en) * 1969-07-07 1972-06-06 Witco Chemical Corp Compatible anionic-catonic surfactant compositions
US4033718A (en) * 1973-11-27 1977-07-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Photoactivated bleaching process
CA1104451A (en) * 1978-02-28 1981-07-07 Manuel Juan De Luque Detergent bleach composition and process
DE2967237D1 (en) * 1978-08-10 1984-10-31 Procter & Gamble Europ Liquid detergent composition containing ternary surfactant system
JPS598392B2 (en) * 1979-06-29 1984-02-24 花王株式会社 cleaning composition
ATE4600T1 (en) * 1979-09-21 1983-09-15 The Procter & Gamble Company DETERGENT AND SOAK COMPOSITIONS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE.
MX155643A (en) * 1980-02-29 1988-04-11 Ciba Geigy Ag FABRIC WHITENING COMPOSITION
JPS5941672B2 (en) * 1981-02-20 1984-10-08 花王株式会社 cleaning composition
EP0087914B1 (en) * 1982-03-01 1986-10-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
DE3274747D1 (en) * 1982-11-05 1987-01-29 Reckitt & Colmann Sa Rinse compositions for laundry
DE3416472A1 (en) * 1984-05-04 1985-11-07 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt DETERGENT CONTAINING SOFTENER
GB8421800D0 (en) * 1984-08-29 1984-10-03 Unilever Plc Detergent compositions
ZA862286B (en) * 1985-04-10 1987-11-25 Colgate Palmolive Co Softening and anti-static nonionic detergent composition
DE3689385T2 (en) * 1985-04-15 1994-05-19 Procter & Gamble Stable liquid detergent.
ZA865751B (en) * 1985-08-20 1988-03-30 Colgate Palmolive Co Built detergent compositions containing stabilizing agents
US4806260A (en) * 1986-02-21 1989-02-21 Colgate-Palmolive Company Built nonaqueous liquid nonionic laundry detergent composition containing acid terminated nonionic surfactant and quarternary ammonium softener and method of use
GB8619153D0 (en) * 1986-08-06 1986-09-17 Unilever Plc Fabric conditioning composition
US4704221A (en) * 1986-10-22 1987-11-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Granular detergents which contain high levels of anionic surfactant that forms a middle-phase, surface treated with a water soluble cationic surfactant
US4913828A (en) * 1987-06-10 1990-04-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Conditioning agents and compositions containing same
EP0294893A3 (en) * 1987-06-10 1989-11-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Conditioning agents and compositions containing same
US4877896A (en) * 1987-10-05 1989-10-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Sulfoaroyl end-capped ester of oligomers suitable as soil-release agents in detergent compositions and fabric-conditioner articles
GB8727659D0 (en) * 1987-11-26 1987-12-31 Unilever Plc Machine dishwashing compositions
GB8900807D0 (en) * 1989-01-14 1989-03-08 British Petroleum Co Plc Bleach compositions
US5441541A (en) * 1989-07-19 1995-08-15 Colgate Polmolive Co. Anionic/cationic surfactant mixtures
US5290475A (en) * 1990-05-08 1994-03-01 Colgate Palmolive Liquid softening and anti-static nonionic detergent composition with soil release promoting PET-POET copolymer
AU7633491A (en) * 1990-05-08 1991-11-14 Colgate-Palmolive Company, The Liquid softening and anti-static nonionic detergent composition with soil release promoting pet-poet copolymer
ATE219136T1 (en) * 1991-01-16 2002-06-15 Procter & Gamble COMPACT DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS WITH HIGHLY ACTIVE CELLULASES
JP2908589B2 (en) * 1991-05-09 1999-06-21 花王株式会社 Bleach and bleach detergent composition
WO1993016158A1 (en) * 1992-02-18 1993-08-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions with high activity cellulase and quaternary ammonium compounds
US5415807A (en) * 1993-07-08 1995-05-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Sulfonated poly-ethoxy/propoxy end-capped ester oligomers suitable as soil release agents in detergent compositions
JP2813112B2 (en) * 1993-08-30 1998-10-22 花王株式会社 Liquid detergent composition for clothing
EP0757713B1 (en) * 1994-04-25 1999-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Stable, aqueous laundry detergent composition having improved softening properties
US5466394A (en) * 1994-04-25 1995-11-14 The Procter & Gamble Co. Stable, aqueous laundry detergent composition having improved softening properties
JPH07292389A (en) * 1994-04-29 1995-11-07 Lion Corp Cleaning agent composition for clothes
EP0763091A1 (en) * 1994-06-01 1997-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry detergent compositions
EP0688859A1 (en) * 1994-06-22 1995-12-27 The Procter & Gamble Company A process for treating textiles and compositions therefore
MA25183A1 (en) * 1996-05-17 2001-07-02 Arthur Jacques Kami Christiaan DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS
ZA974226B (en) * 1996-05-17 1998-12-28 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0002084A1 (en) * 1977-11-17 1979-05-30 THE PROCTER &amp; GAMBLE COMPANY Granular detergent compositions for improved greasy soil removal
EP0026529A1 (en) * 1979-09-29 1981-04-08 THE PROCTER &amp; GAMBLE COMPANY Detergent compositions
JPS5959793A (en) * 1982-09-30 1984-04-05 ライオン株式会社 Granular detergent composition
EP0495554A1 (en) * 1991-01-16 1992-07-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions with high activity cellulase and quaternary ammonium compounds

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE WPI Section Ch Week 8420, Derwent World Patents Index; Class A97, AN 84-123539, XP002044147 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6136769A (en) * 1996-05-17 2000-10-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Alkoxylated cationic detergency ingredients

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO1997043394A3 (en) 1997-12-24
BR9710667A (en) 1999-08-17
WO1997044425A2 (en) 1997-11-27
EP0906403A1 (en) 1999-04-07
CA2254818A1 (en) 1997-11-27
MX9809624A (en) 1999-03-01
JPH11511797A (en) 1999-10-12
CN1225678A (en) 1999-08-11
CN1232489A (en) 1999-10-20
JPH11511795A (en) 1999-10-12
CA2254947A1 (en) 1997-11-27
AR014606A1 (en) 2001-03-28
WO1997044425A3 (en) 1997-12-24
CA2254948A1 (en) 1997-11-27
JP2000504061A (en) 2000-04-04
AR007169A1 (en) 1999-10-13
CA2254961A1 (en) 1997-11-27
BR9710676A (en) 1999-08-17
EP0906392A2 (en) 1999-04-07
WO1997043394A2 (en) 1997-11-20
BR9710444A (en) 1999-08-17
EP0906405A1 (en) 1999-04-07
MX9809675A (en) 1999-03-01
BR9710675A (en) 1999-08-17
ZA974226B (en) 1998-12-28
JPH11511796A (en) 1999-10-12
MX9809684A (en) 1999-03-01
JPH11512782A (en) 1999-11-02
MX9809681A (en) 1999-03-01
EP0912686A2 (en) 1999-05-06
BR9709587A (en) 2000-04-25
BR9709321A (en) 1999-08-10
CN1225675A (en) 1999-08-11
MX9809683A (en) 1999-03-01
MX9809674A (en) 1999-03-01
EP0912669A2 (en) 1999-05-06
BR9710445A (en) 1999-08-17
CA2255005A1 (en) 1997-11-20
CN1225677A (en) 1999-08-11
WO1997044433A1 (en) 1997-11-27
MX9809628A (en) 1999-02-01
JPH11511799A (en) 1999-10-12
WO1997044418A1 (en) 1997-11-27
WO1997044419A3 (en) 1997-12-31
BR9710678A (en) 1999-08-17
CA2254820A1 (en) 1997-11-27
EP0907705A1 (en) 1999-04-14
EP0918833A1 (en) 1999-06-02
CN1168812C (en) 2004-09-29
CA2255006A1 (en) 1997-11-20
MX9809679A (en) 1999-03-01
WO1997043388A3 (en) 1998-02-12
JPH11511794A (en) 1999-10-12
WO1997044431A1 (en) 1997-11-27
CN1225673A (en) 1999-08-11
WO1997044419A2 (en) 1997-11-27
WO1997043388A2 (en) 1997-11-20
CN1230213A (en) 1999-09-29
CA2255003A1 (en) 1997-11-27
JPH11510554A (en) 1999-09-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0906405A1 (en) Detergent composition
US6136769A (en) Alkoxylated cationic detergency ingredients
WO1998005749A1 (en) Detergent compositions containing dianionic esters
WO1997044420A2 (en) Detergent composition
EP0951528A2 (en) Detergent compositions containing isopeptidase
GB2314339A (en) Cleaning compositions containing amido surfactants derived from amido furandiones
WO1998051771A1 (en) Detergent compositions
EP0912694A1 (en) Bleaching detergent compositions containing selected dianionic or alkoxylated dianionic surfactants

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 97196468.8

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BR CA CN CZ HU JP MX TR US

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2254948

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2254948

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 1997 542596

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/1998/009683

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1997927653

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1997927653

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1997927653

Country of ref document: EP